Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision 3000T X Series Programmer's Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Keysight Technologies Manuals
  4. Test Equipment
  5. InfiniiVision 3000T X Series
  6. Programmer's manual

Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision 3000T X Series Programmer's Manual

Hide thumbs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Keysight InfiniiVision
3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes
Programmer's
Guide

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the InfiniiVision 3000T X Series and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision 3000T X Series

Summary of Contents for Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision 3000T X Series

  • Page 1 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 2 Notices Manual Part Number © Keysight Technologies, Inc. 2005-2014 2.101(a) or as “Restricted computer soft- ware” as defined in FAR 52.227-19 (June No part of this manual may be reproduced in Version 04.00.0000 1987) or any equivalent agency regulation or any form or by any means (including elec- contract clause.

  • Page 3: In This Book

    In This Book This book is your guide to programming the 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes: Table 1 InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscope Models, Bandwidths, Sample Rates Band wid th 100 MHz 200 MHz 350 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz Sample Rate (interleaved, 5 GSa/s, 5 GSa/s, 5 GSa/s,...
  • Page 4 • Chapter 10, “:CHANnel<n> Commands,” starting on page 265, describes commands that control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog channels or groups of channels. • Chapter 12, “:DEMO Commands,” starting on page 299, describes commands that control the education kit (Option EDU) demonstration signals that can be output on the oscilloscope's Demo 1 and Demo 2 terminals.
  • Page 5 • Chapter 28, “:SAVE Commands,” starting on page 667, describes commands that save oscilloscope setups, screen images, and data. • Chapter 29, “:SBUS<n> Commands,” starting on page 697, describes commands that control oscilloscope functions associated with the serial decode bus and serial triggering. •...
  • Page 6 GPIB interface). • For information on oscilloscope front-panel operation, see the User's Guide. • For detailed connectivity information, refer to the Keysight Technologies USB/LAN/GPIB Connectivity Guide. For a printable electronic copy of the Connectivity Guide, direct your Web browser to "www.keysight.com"...

  • Page 7: Table Of Contents

    Contents In This Book / 3 1 What's New Version 4.00 at Introduction / 34 Command Differences From 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes / 35 2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software / 42 Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope / 43 Using the USB (Device) Interface / 43 Using the LAN Interface / 43 Using the GPIB Interface / 44...
  • Page 8 Other Ways of Sending Commands / 63 Telnet Sockets / 63 Sending SCPI Commands Using Browser Web Control / 63 4 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary / 66 Syntax Elements / 161 Number Format / 161 <NL> (Line Terminator) / 161 [ ] (Optional Syntax Terms) / 161 { } (Braces) / 161 ::= (Defined As) / 161...
  • Page 9 :AUToscale:CHANnels / 200 :AUToscale:FDEBug / 201 :BLANk / 202 :DIGitize / 203 :HWEenable (Hardware Event Enable Register) / 205 :HWERegister:CONDition (Hardware Event Condition Register) / 207 :HWERegister[:EVENt] (Hardware Event Event Register) / 208 :MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register) / 209 :MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register) / 211 :OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register) / 213 :OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register) / 215...
  • Page 10 9 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:DATE / 257 :CALibrate:LABel / 258 :CALibrate:OUTPut / 259 :CALibrate:PROTected / 260 :CALibrate:STARt / 261 :CALibrate:STATus / 262 :CALibrate:TEMPerature / 263 :CALibrate:TIME / 264 10 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit / 268 :CHANnel<n>:COUPling / 269 :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay / 270 :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance / 271 :CHANnel<n>:INVert / 272 :CHANnel<n>:LABel / 273 :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet / 274...
  • Page 11 12 :DEMO Commands :DEMO:FUNCtion / 300 :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe / 304 :DEMO:OUTPut / 305 13 :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:DISPlay / 309 :DIGital<d>:LABel / 310 :DIGital<d>:POSition / 311 :DIGital<d>:SIZE / 312 :DIGital<d>:THReshold / 313 14 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> / 318 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground / 319 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor / 320 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT / 321 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position / 322 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position / 323...
  • Page 12 17 :FFT Commands :FFT:AVERage:COUNt / 347 :FFT:CENTer / 348 :FFT:CLEar / 349 :FFT:DISPlay / 350 :FFT:DMODe / 351 :FFT:OFFSet / 353 :FFT:RANGe / 354 :FFT:REFerence / 355 :FFT:SCALe / 356 :FFT:SOURce1 / 357 :FFT:SPAN / 358 :FFT:STARt / 359 :FFT:STOP / 360 :FFT:VTYPe / 361 :FFT:WINDow / 362 18 :FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 13 :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe / 396 :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts / 397 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 / 398 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 / 400 :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:MEASurement / 401 19 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:AREA / 405 :HARDcopy:APRinter / 406 :HARDcopy:FACTors / 407 :HARDcopy:FFEed / 408 :HARDcopy:INKSaver / 409 :HARDcopy:LAYout / 410 :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess / 411 :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy / 412 :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain / 413 :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword / 414 :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT / 415...
  • Page 14 :MARKer:YUNits / 440 :MARKer:YUNits:USE / 441 22 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:ALL / 460 :MEASure:AREa / 461 :MEASure:BRATe / 462 :MEASure:BWIDth / 463 :MEASure:CLEar / 464 :MEASure:COUNter / 465 :MEASure:DEFine / 467 :MEASure:DELay / 470 :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge / 472 :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlitude / 473 :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerage / 474 :MEASure:DUAL:VBASe / 475 :MEASure:DUAL:VPP / 476 :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS / 477...
  • Page 15 :MEASure:STATistics:RESet / 505 :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation / 506 :MEASure:TEDGe / 507 :MEASure:TVALue / 509 :MEASure:VAMPlitude / 511 :MEASure:VAVerage / 512 :MEASure:VBASe / 513 :MEASure:VMAX / 514 :MEASure:VMIN / 515 :MEASure:VPP / 516 :MEASure:VRATio / 517 :MEASure:VRMS / 518 :MEASure:VTIMe / 519 :MEASure:VTOP / 520 :MEASure:WINDow / 521 :MEASure:XMAX / 522 :MEASure:XMIN / 523...
  • Page 16 :MTESt:AMASk:CREate / 555 :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce / 556 :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs / 557 :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta / 558 :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta / 559 :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms / 560 :MTESt:COUNt:RESet / 561 :MTESt:COUNt:TIME / 562 :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms / 563 :MTESt:DATA / 564 :MTESt:DELete / 565 :MTESt:ENABle / 566 :MTESt:LOCK / 567 :MTESt:RMODe / 568 :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure / 569 :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt / 570 :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE / 571...
  • Page 17 :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay / 600 :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount / 601 :POWer:HARMonics:LINE / 602 :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor / 603 :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount / 604 :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard / 605 :POWer:HARMonics:STATus / 606 :POWer:HARMonics:THD / 607 :POWer:INRush:APPLy / 608 :POWer:INRush:EXIT / 609 :POWer:INRush:NEXT / 610 :POWer:MODulation:APPLy / 611 :POWer:MODulation:SOURce / 612 :POWer:MODulation:TYPE / 613 :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy / 614 :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT / 615 :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT / 616...
  • Page 18 :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> / 642 :POWer:SLEW:APPLy / 643 :POWer:SLEW:SOURce / 644 :POWer:SWITch:APPLy / 645 :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction / 646 :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence / 647 :POWer:SWITch:RDS / 648 :POWer:SWITch:VCE / 649 :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence / 650 :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy / 651 :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT / 652 :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial / 653 :POWer:TRANsient:INEW / 654 :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT / 655 27 :RECall Commands :RECall:ARBitrary[:STARt] / 659 :RECall:DBC[:STARt] / 660...
  • Page 19 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch / 687 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented / 688 :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] / 689 :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] / 690 :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat / 691 :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth / 692 :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX / 693 :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented / 694 :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce / 695 :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] / 696 29 :SBUS<n> Commands General :SBUS<n> Commands / 699 :SBUS<n>:DISPlay / 700 :SBUS<n>:MODE / 701 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands / 702 :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup / 704...
  • Page 20 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint / 730 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate / 731 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition / 732 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate / 733 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce / 734 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger / 735 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter / 738 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 739 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC / 740 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth / 741 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt / 742 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID / 743 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE / 744 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage / 745 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal / 746 :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue / 747 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands / 748...
  • Page 21 :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect / 775 :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger / 776 :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio / 778 :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 779 :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat / 781 :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe / 782 :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth / 784 :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow / 785 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands / 786 :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe / 787 :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk / 788 :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA / 789 :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess / 790 :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 791 :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 / 792 :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier / 793...
  • Page 22 :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat / 824 :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE / 826 :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth / 827 :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse / 828 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay / 829 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth / 830 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier / 832 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet / 833 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer / 834 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt / 836 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce / 838 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance / 840 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger / 841 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA / 843 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA / 844 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID / 846 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth / 848...
  • Page 23 :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing / 876 :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity / 877 :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity / 878 :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX / 879 :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX / 880 :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE / 881 :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt / 882 :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA / 883 :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE / 884 :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier / 885 :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE / 886 :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh / 887 30 :SEARch Commands General :SEARch Commands / 890 :SEARch:COUNt / 891 :SEARch:EVENt / 892 :SEARch:MODE / 893...
  • Page 24 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands / 915 :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier / 916 :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe / 917 :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce / 918 :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME / 919 :SEARch:SERial:A429 Commands / 920 :SEARch:SERial:A429:LABel / 921 :SEARch:SERial:A429:MODE / 922 :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:DATA / 923 :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SDI / 924 :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SSM / 925 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands / 926 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE / 927 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA / 929 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth / 930 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID / 931...
  • Page 25 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID / 956 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE / 957 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA / 958 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth / 959 :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat / 960 :SEARch:SERial:M1553 Commands / 961 :SEARch:SERial:M1553:MODE / 962 :SEARch:SERial:M1553:PATTern:DATA / 963 :SEARch:SERial:M1553:RTA / 964 :SEARch:SERial:SENT Commands / 965 :SEARch:SERial:SENT:FAST:DATA / 966 :SEARch:SERial:SENT:MODE / 967 :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:DATA / 968 :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:ID / 969 :SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands / 970 :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE / 971...
  • Page 26 :TIMebase:REFerence / 1000 :TIMebase:SCALe / 1001 :TIMebase:VERNier / 1002 :TIMebase:WINDow:POSition / 1003 :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe / 1004 :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe / 1005 33 :TRIGger Commands General :TRIGger Commands / 1009 :TRIGger:FORCe / 1010 :TRIGger:HFReject / 1011 :TRIGger:HOLDoff / 1012 :TRIGger:LEVel:ASETup / 1013 :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH / 1014 :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW / 1015 :TRIGger:MODE / 1016 :TRIGger:NREJect / 1017...
  • Page 27 :TRIGger:GLITch:POLarity / 1042 :TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier / 1043 :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe / 1044 :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce / 1045 :TRIGger:OR Commands / 1046 :TRIGger:OR / 1047 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands / 1048 :TRIGger:PATTern / 1049 :TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat / 1051 :TRIGger:PATTern:GREaterthan / 1052 :TRIGger:PATTern:LESSthan / 1053 :TRIGger:PATTern:QUALifier / 1054 :TRIGger:PATTern:RANGe / 1055 :TRIGger:RUNT Commands / 1056 :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity / 1057 :TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifier / 1058...
  • Page 28 :TRIGger:ZONE Commands / 1082 :TRIGger:ZONE:SOURce / 1083 :TRIGger:ZONE:STATe / 1084 :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:MODE / 1085 :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:PLACement / 1086 :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:VALidity / 1087 :TRIGger:ZONE<n>:STATe / 1088 34 :WAVeform Commands :WAVeform:BYTeorder / 1097 :WAVeform:COUNt / 1098 :WAVeform:DATA / 1099 :WAVeform:FORMat / 1101 :WAVeform:POINts / 1102 :WAVeform:POINts:MODE / 1104 :WAVeform:PREamble / 1106 :WAVeform:SEGMented:COUNt / 1109...
  • Page 29 :WGEN<w>:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry / 1142 :WGEN<w>:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle / 1143 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:AM:DEPTh / 1144 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:AM:FREQuency / 1145 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FM:DEViation / 1146 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FM:FREQuency / 1147 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FSKey:FREQuency / 1148 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FSKey:RATE / 1149 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FUNCtion / 1150 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry / 1151 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:NOISe / 1152 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:STATe / 1153 :WGEN<w>:MODulation:TYPE / 1154 :WGEN<w>:OUTPut / 1156 :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:LOAD / 1157 :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:POLarity / 1158 :WGEN<w>:PERiod / 1159...
  • Page 30 :DISPlay:ORDer / 1189 :ERASe / 1190 :EXTernal:PMODe / 1191 :FUNCtion:GOFT:OPERation / 1192 :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce1 / 1193 :FUNCtion:GOFT:SOURce2 / 1194 :FUNCtion:SOURce / 1195 :FUNCtion:VIEW / 1196 :HARDcopy:DESTination / 1197 :HARDcopy:FILename / 1198 :HARDcopy:GRAYscale / 1199 :HARDcopy:IGColors / 1200 :HARDcopy:PDRiver / 1201 :MEASure:LOWer / 1202 :MEASure:SCRatch / 1203 :MEASure:TDELta / 1204 :MEASure:THResholds / 1205...
  • Page 31 38 Error Messages 39 Status Reporting Status Reporting Data Structures / 1243 Status Byte Register (STB) / 1246 Service Request Enable Register (SRE) / 1248 Trigger Event Register (TER) / 1249 Output Queue / 1250 Message Queue / 1251 (Standard) Event Status Register (ESR) / 1252 (Standard) Event Status Enable Register (ESE) / 1253 Error Queue / 1254 Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt]) / 1255...
  • Page 32 41 More About Oscilloscope Commands Command Classifications / 1276 Core Commands / 1276 Non-Core Commands / 1276 Obsolete Commands / 1276 Valid Command/Query Strings / 1277 Program Message Syntax / 1277 Duplicate Mnemonics / 1281 Tree Traversal Rules and Multiple Commands / 1281 Query Return Values / 1283 All Oscilloscope Commands Are Sequential / 1284 42 Programming Examples...

  • Page 33: What's New

    Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 1 What's New Version 4.00 at Introduction / 34 Command Differences From 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes / 35...

  • Page 34: Version 4.00 At Introduction

    What's New Version 4.00 at Introduction The Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes were introduced with version 4.00 of oscilloscope operating software. The command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 3000 X-Series, 7000A/B Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them).

  • Page 35: Command Differences From 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes

    What's New Command Differences From 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes The Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 3000 X-Series, 7000A/B Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them). The main differences between the version 4.00 programming command set for the InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes and the 3.20 programming command set for the InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series oscilloscopes are related to:...
  • Page 36 What's New Command Description :FUNCtion<m>:FFT:FREQuency: Lets you set the displayed frequency range using start and stop STARt (see page 379) frequency values. :FUNCtion<m>:FFT:FREQuency: STOP (see page 380) :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts Sets the number of smoothing points for the new SMOoth (see page 397) :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation.
  • Page 37 :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufactu Lets you change the manufacturer string portion of the rer] (see page 985) identification string returned by the *IDN? query. :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufactu Sets manufacturer string to "KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES". rer]:DEFault (see page 986) Changed Commands Command Differences From InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes...
  • Page 38 What's New Command Differences From InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger (see Has additional parameters that support CAN FD triggering. page 735) :SBUS<n>:MODE (see The SENT mode is now available with the DSOX3SENSOR SENT page 701) serial decode and triggering license. :SEARch:MODE (see The PEAK option has been added to enable searching for FFT page...
  • Page 39 What's New Discontinued Command Current Command Equivalent Comments :WGEN<w>:TRACk none There is only one waveform generator output on the :WGEN<w>:TRACk:AMPLitude none 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes. :WGEN<w>:TRACk:CSIGnal none :WGEN<w>:TRACk:FREQuency none Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 40 What's New Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 41: Setting Up

    Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software / 42 Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope / 43 Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection / 45 This chapter explains how to install the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software, connect the oscilloscope to the controller PC, set up the oscilloscope, and verify the oscilloscope connection.

  • Page 42: Step 1. Install Keysight Io Libraries Suite Software

    Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software Download the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software from the Keysight web site • "http://www.keysight.com/find/iolib" Run the setup file, and follow its installation instructions. Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 43: Step 2. Connect And Set Up The Oscilloscope

    Setting Up Step 2. Connect and set up the oscilloscope The 3000T X-Series oscilloscope has two different interfaces you can use for programming: • USB (device port). • LAN. To configure the LAN interface, press the [Utility] key on the front panel, then press the I/O softkey, then press the Configure softkey.

  • Page 44: Using The Gpib Interface

    Setting Up If automatic configuration is not supported, get the oscilloscope's network parameters (hostname, domain, IP address, subnet mask, gateway IP, DNS IP, etc.). Connect the oscilloscope to the local area network (LAN) by inserting LAN cable into the "LAN" port on the LAN/VGA option module. Configure the oscilloscope's LAN interface: Press the Configure softkey until "LAN"...

  • Page 45: Step 3. Verify The Oscilloscope Connection

    Setting Up Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection On the controller PC, click on the Keysight IO Control icon in the taskbar and choose Keysight Connection Expert from the popup menu. In the Keysight Connection Expert application, instruments connected to the controller's USB and GPIB interfaces should automatically appear.
  • Page 46 Setting Up You must manually add instruments on LAN interfaces: Right-click on the LAN interface, choose Add Instrument from the popup menu If the oscilloscope is on the same subnet, select it, and click OK. Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 47 Setting Up Otherwise, if the instrument is not on the same subnet, click Add Address. In the next dialog, select either Hostname or IP address, and enter the oscilloscope's hostname or IP address. Click Test Connection. Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 48 Setting Up If the instrument is successfully opened, click OK to close the dialog. If the instrument is not opened successfully, go back and verify the LAN connections and the oscilloscope setup. Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 49 Setting Up Test some commands on the instrument: Right-click on the instrument and choose Send Commands To This Instrument from the popup menu. In the Keysight Interactive IO application, enter commands in the Command field and press Send Command, Read Response, or Send&Read. Choose Connect>Exit from the menu to exit the Keysight Interactive IO application.
  • Page 50 Setting Up Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 51: Getting Started

    Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 3 Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure / 52 Programming the Oscilloscope / 54 Other Ways of Sending Commands / 63 This chapter gives you an overview of programming the 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes. It describes basic oscilloscope program structure and shows how to program the oscilloscope using a few simple examples.

  • Page 52: Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure

    Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure The following figure shows the basic structure of every program you will write for the oscilloscope. Initializing To ensure consistent, repeatable performance, you need to start the program, controller, and oscilloscope in a known state. Without correct initialization, your program may run correctly in one instance and not in another.

  • Page 53: Analyzing Captured Data

    Getting Started memory in the oscilloscope, or transferred to the controller for further analysis. Any additional commands sent while :DIGitize is working are buffered until :DIGitize is complete. You could also put the oscilloscope into run mode, then use a wait loop in your program to ensure that the oscilloscope has completed at least one acquisition before you make a measurement.

  • Page 54: Programming The Oscilloscope

    Getting Started Programming the Oscilloscope • "Referencing the IO Library" on page 54 • "Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library" on page 55 • "Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup" on page 56 • "Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands" on page 56 •...

  • Page 55: Opening The Oscilloscope Connection Via The Io Library

    Getting Started To reference the Keysight VISA COM library in Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0: Choose Project > References... from the main menu. In the References dialog, check the "VISA COM 5.2 Type Library". Click OK. Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library PC controllers communicate with the oscilloscope by sending and receiving messages over a remote interface.

  • Page 56: Using :Autoscale To Automate Oscilloscope Setup

    Getting Started Dim myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager Dim myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 ' Open the connection to the oscilloscope. Get the VISA Address from the ' Keysight Connection Expert (installed with Keysight IO Libraries Suite Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("<VISA Address>") ' Clear the interface buffer and set the interface timeout to 10 seconds myScope.IO.Clear...

  • Page 57: Capturing Data With The :Digitize Command

    Getting Started Vertical is set to 16 V full-scale (2 V/div) with center of screen at 1 V and probe attenuation set to 10. This example sets the time base at 1 ms full-scale (100 ms/div) with a delay of 100 µs. Example Oscilloscope Setup Code This program demonstrates the basic command structure used to program the oscilloscope.
  • Page 58 Getting Started Ensure New Data is Collected NOTE When you change the oscilloscope configuration, the waveform buffers are cleared. Before doing a measurement, send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope to ensure new data has been collected. When you send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope, the specified channel signal is digitized with the current :ACQuire parameters.

  • Page 59: Reading Query Responses From The Oscilloscope

    Getting Started The easiest method of transferring a digitized waveform depends on data structures, formatting available and I/O capabilities. You must scale the integers to determine the voltage value of each point. These integers are passed starting with the left most point on the instrument's display. For more information, see the waveform subsystem commands and corresponding program code examples in Chapter...

  • Page 60: Reading Query Results Into String Variables

    Getting Started Reading Query Results into String Variables The output of the instrument may be numeric or character data depending on what is queried. Refer to the specific command descriptions for the formats and types of data returned from queries. Express String Variables Using Exact Syntax NOTE In Visual Basic, string variables are case sensitive and must be expressed exactly the same...

  • Page 61: Sending Multiple Queries And Reading Results

    Getting Started Figure 2 Definite-length block response data The "8" states the number of digits that follow, and "00001000" states the number of bytes to be transmitted. The VISA COM library's ReadIEEEBlock and WriteIEEEBlock methods understand the definite-length block syntax, so you can simply use variables that contain the data: ' Read oscilloscope setup using ":SYSTem:SETup?"...

  • Page 62: Checking Instrument Status

    Getting Started strResults() = myScope.ReadList(ASCIIType_BSTR) MsgBox "Timebase range: " + strResults(0) + ", delay: " + strResults(1) To read the :TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay? query result into multiple numeric variables, you could use the ReadList method to read the query results into a variant array variable using the commands: myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay?"...

  • Page 63: Other Ways Of Sending Commands

    Getting Started Other Ways of Sending Commands Standard Commands for Programmable Instrumentation (SCPI) can also be sent via a Telnet socket or through the Browser Web Control: • "Telnet Sockets" on page 63 • "Sending SCPI Commands Using Browser Web Control" on page 63 Telnet Sockets The following information is provided for programmers who wish to control the...
  • Page 64 Getting Started Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 65: Commands Quick Reference

    Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 4 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary / 66 Syntax Elements / 161...

  • Page 66: Command Summary

    Commands Quick Reference Command Summary • Common (*) Commands Summary (see page • Root (:) Commands Summary (see page • :ACQuire Commands Summary (see page • :BUS<n> Commands Summary (see page • :CALibrate Commands Summary (see page • :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (see page •...
  • Page 67 Commands Quick Reference • :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (see page 131) • General :SEARch Commands Summary (see page 133) • :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary (see page 134) • :SEARch:GLITch Commands Summary (see page 134) • :SEARch:PEAK Commands Summary (see page 135) • :SEARch:RUNT Commands Summary (see page 135) •...
  • Page 68 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns page 169) *CLS (see page 171) *ESE <mask> (see *ESE? (see <mask> ::= 0 to 255; an integer page 170) in NR1 format: Bit Weight Name Enables --- ------ ---- ---------- Power On User Request...
  • Page 69 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 177) *OPT? (see <return_value> ::= 0,0,<license info> <license info> ::= <All field>, <reserved>, <MSO>, <Xilinx FPGA Probe>, <Memory>, <Low Speed Serial>, <Automotive Serial>, <reserved>, <FlexRay Serial>, <Power Measurements>, <RS-232/UART Serial>,...

  • Page 70: Rst (Reset)

    Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns *RCL <value> (see <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 6 | page 179) 7 | 8 | 9} page 180) page 180) *RST (see...

  • Page 71: Activity

    Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACTivity (see :ACTivity? (see <return value> ::= page 195) page 195) <edges>,<levels> <edges> ::= presence of edges (32-bit integer in NR1 format) <levels> ::= logical highs or lows (32-bit integer in NR1 format) page...

  • Page 72: Digitize

    Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DIGitize <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>[,..,<source FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | page 203) >]] (see 2}} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...

  • Page 73: Print

    Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :OVLenable <mask> :OVLenable? (see <mask> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1 page 219) page 220) (see format as shown: Bit Weight Input --- ------ ---------- 1024 Ext Trigger Fault Channel 4 Fault...

  • Page 74: :Acquire Commands

    Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 229) :TER? (see {0 | 1} :VIEW <source> (see <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 230) FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source>...

  • Page 75: Acquire:srate

    Commands Quick Reference Table 4 :ACQuire Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:SRATe? (see <sample_rate> ::= sample rate page 242) (samples/s) in NR3 format :ACQuire:TYPE <type> :ACQuire:TYPE? (see <type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage | page 243) page 243) (see HRESolution | PEAK}...

  • Page 76: Bus:Label

    Commands Quick Reference Table 5 :BUS<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :BUS<n>:LABel :BUS<n>:LABel? (see <string> ::= quoted ASCII string page 252) <string> (see up to 10 characters page 252) <n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1 format :BUS<n>:MASK <mask>...
  • Page 77 Commands Quick Reference Table 6 :CALibrate Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CALibrate:STATus? <return value> ::= page 262) (see <status_code>,<status_string> <status_code> ::= an integer status code <status_string> ::= an ASCII status string :CALibrate:TEMPeratur <return value> ::= degrees C page 263) e? (see...
  • Page 78 Commands Quick Reference Table 7 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:PROBe :CHANnel<n>:PROBe? <attenuation> ::= Probe page 275) <attenuation> (see (see attenuation ratio in NR3 format page 275) <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4r in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA <head_param>...
  • Page 79 Commands Quick Reference Table 7 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:UNITs :CHANnel<n>:UNITs? <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} page 284) page 284) <units> (see (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:VERNier :CHANnel<n>:VERNier? {0 | 1} page...
  • Page 80 Commands Quick Reference Table 9 :DEMO Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DEMO:FUNCtion :DEMO:FUNCtion? (see <signal> ::= {SINusoid | NOISy | page 303) <signal> (see PHASe | RINGing | SINGle | AM | page 300) CLK | GLITch | BURSt | MSO | RUNT | TRANsition | RFBurst | SHOLd | LFSine | FMBurst | ETE | CAN | LIN | UART | I2C | SPI | I2S |...
  • Page 81 Commands Quick Reference Table 10 :DIGital<d> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DIGital<d>:SIZE :DIGital<d>:SIZE? <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels page 312) page 312) <value> (see (see - 1) in NR1 format <value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium | LARGe} :DIGital<d>:THReshold :DIGital<d>:THReshold...
  • Page 82 Commands Quick Reference Table 11 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:CLEar (see page 324) :DISPlay:DATA? <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | [<format>][,][<palett PNG} page 325) e>] (see <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} <display data> ::= data in IEEE 488.2 # format :DISPlay:INTensity:WA :DISPlay:INTensity:WA...
  • Page 83 Commands Quick Reference Table 12 :DVM Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DVM:MODE <mode> (see :DVM:MODE? (see <dvm_mode> ::= {ACRMs | DC | page 337) page 337) DCRMs} :DVM:SOURce <source> :DVM:SOURce? (see <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} page 338) page 338) (see...
  • Page 84 Commands Quick Reference Table 14 :FFT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FFT:RANGe <range> :FFT:RANGe? (see <range> ::= the full-scale page 354) page 354) (see vertical axis value in NR3 format. :FFT:REFerence :FFT:REFerence? (see <level> ::= the current reference page 355) page...
  • Page 85 Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOP :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOP <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive page 372) e <slope> (see e? (see | EITHer} page 372) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINC :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINC...
  • Page 86 Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VT :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VT <units> ::= {DECibel | VRMS} page 382) YPe <units> (see YPe? (see <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) page 382) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WI :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WI <window>...
  • Page 87 Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:OPERatio :FUNCtion<m>:OPERatio <operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | page 392) n <operation> (see n? (see MULTiply | DIVide | INTegrate | page 390) DIFF | FFT | SQRT | MAGNify | ABSolute | SQUare | LN | LOG | EXP | TEN | LOWPass | HIGHpass | AVERage | LINear | TRENd |...
  • Page 88 Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 398) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c> | BUS<b>} page 398) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <c>...
  • Page 89 Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :HARDcopy Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:LAYout :HARDcopy:LAYout? <layout> ::= {LANDscape | page 410) <layout> (see (see PORTrait} page 410) :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADD :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADD <address> ::= quoted ASCII string page 411) Ress <address> (see Ress? (see page 411)
  • Page 90 Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :LISTer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :LISTer:DATA? (see <binary_block> ::= page 422) comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row :LISTer:DISPlay {{OFF :LISTer:DISPlay? (see {OFF | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | ALL} page 423) | 0} | {SBUS1 | ON |...
  • Page 91 Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:X2Y2source :MARKer:X2Y2source? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 433) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 433) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 92 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ALL (see page 460) :MEASure:AREa :MEASure:AREa? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 461) page 461) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 93 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:COUNter :MEASure:COUNter? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 465) page 465) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | EXTernal} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 94 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlit :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlit <source1>,<source2> ::= ude? CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 connected page 473) page 473) >] (see >] (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 95 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUTYcycle :MEASure:DUTYcycle? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 478) page 478) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 96 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FREQuency :MEASure:FREQuency? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 480) page 480) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 97 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NPULses :MEASure:NPULses? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 483) page 483) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 98 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PEDGes :MEASure:PEDGes? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 487) page 487) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 99 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PPULses :MEASure:PPULses? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 490) page 490) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 100 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:RISetime :MEASure:RISetime? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 496) page 496) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 101: Measure:statistics:reset

    Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:STATistics :MEASure:STATistics? <type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent | page 501) page 501) <type> (see (see MEAN | MINimum | MAXimum | STDDev | COUNt} ON ::= all statistics returned :MEASure:STATistics:D :MEASure:STATistics:D...
  • Page 102 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TVALue? <value> ::= voltage level that <value>, the waveform must cross. [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= direction of the [,<source>] (see waveform when <value> is crossed. page 509) <occurrence>...

  • Page 103: Measure:vbase

    Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VAVerage :MEASure:VAVerage? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 512) page 512) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n>...

  • Page 104: Measure:vpp

    Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VMIN :MEASure:VMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 515) page 515) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 105: Measure:vrms

    Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VRMS :MEASure:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>][,<source>] [,<type>][,<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 518) page 518) (see (see FUNCtion<m>...

  • Page 106: Measure:xmax

    Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:XMAX :MEASure:XMAX? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 522) page 522) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 107 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta? <value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 page 559) page 559) <value> (see (see format :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVefor <failed> ::= number of failed ms? [CHANnel<n>] (see waveforms in NR1 format page 560)
  • Page 108 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:RMODe:TIME :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? <seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in page 574) <seconds> (see (see NR3 format page 574) :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform <count> ::= number of waveforms page 575) s <count>...
  • Page 109 Commands Quick Reference Table 21 :POD<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POD<n>:SIZE <value> :POD<n>:SIZE? (see <value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium | page 586) page 586) (see LARGe} :POD<n>:THReshold :POD<n>:THReshold? <n> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format page 587) <type>[suffix] (see (see...
  • Page 110 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:HARMonics:STAN :POWer:HARMonics:STAN <class> ::= {A | B | C | D} page 605) dard <class> (see dard? (see page 605) :POWer:HARMonics:STAT <status> ::= {PASS | FAIL | page 606) us? (see...
  • Page 111 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 :MINimum :MINimum? (see | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | page 620) <value>[suffix] (see 10000000} page 620)
  • Page 112 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:DURati :POWer:SIGNals:DURati <value> ::= value in NR3 format on:TRANsient on:TRANsient? (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} page 632) <value>[suffix] (see page 632) :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPec :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPec...
  • Page 113 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format :VOLTage<i> <source> :VOLTage<i>? (see <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 642) page 642) (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :POWer:SLEW:APPLy page...
  • Page 114 Commands Quick Reference Table 23 :RECall Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:ARBitrary:[ST <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> ARt] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <column>][, <column> ::= Column in CSV file <wavegen_id>] (see to load. Column number starts page 659) from 1. <internal_loc>...
  • Page 115 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :SAVE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STAR <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> t] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <wavegen_id>] (see <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an page 671) integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <wavegen_id> ::= WGEN1 :SAVE:FILename :SAVE:FILename? (see <base_name>...
  • Page 116 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:PWD <path_name> :SAVE:PWD? (see <path_name> ::= quoted ASCII page 682) page 682) (see string :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII [<file_spec>] (see string page 683) :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: {0 | 1} page...
  • Page 117 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth {0 | 1} page 693) :MAX {{0 | OFF} | {1 :MAX? (see page 693) | ON}} (see :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMen :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMen <option> ::= {ALL | CURRent} page 694) ted <option>...
  • Page 118 Commands Quick Reference Table 26 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:E <error_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 706) RRor? (see format :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:R page 707) ESet (see :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:W <word_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 708) ORD? (see format :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat?
  • Page 119 Commands Quick Reference Table 26 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <min> ::= 8-bit integer in page 717) :RANGe <min>,<max> :RANGe? (see decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or page 717) (see <string> from 0-255 <max> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string>...
  • Page 120 Commands Quick Reference Table 27 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:B :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:B <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 AUDrate <baudrate> AUDrate? (see to 4000000 in 100 b/s increments, page 731) page 731) (see or 5000000 :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:D :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:D <value>...
  • Page 121 Commands Quick Reference Table 27 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <start> ::= integer between 0 and PATTern:DATA:STARt PATTern:DATA:STARt? 63, in NR1 format. page 742) page 742) <start> (see (see :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= PATTern:ID <string>...
  • Page 122 Commands Quick Reference Table 28 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOUR :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOUR <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} page 757) ce <source> (see ce? (see <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 in NR1 format page 757) :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <condition> ::= {FRAMe | ERRor | page 758) ger <condition>...
  • Page 123 Commands Quick Reference Table 29 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen <setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ} page 769) t <setting> (see t? (see page 769) :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE? <base> ::= {DECimal | HEX} page 770) page 770)
  • Page 124 Commands Quick Reference Table 29 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger: <string> ::= "n" where n ::= PATTern:DATA <string> PATTern:DATA? (see 32-bit integer in signed decimal page 779) page 780) (see when <base> = DECimal <string>...
  • Page 125 Commands Quick Reference Table 30 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} page 787) page 787) <size> (see (see :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce] :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 788) :CLOCk <source> (see :CLOCk? (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 788)
  • Page 126 Commands Quick Reference Table 31 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity? {0 | 1} page 798) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see page 798) ON}} (see :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepo :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepo <value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 page 799) int <value>...
  • Page 127 Commands Quick Reference Table 31 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: <string> ::= "n" where n ::= PATTern:DATA <string> PATTern:DATA? (see 32-bit integer in unsigned page 806) page 806) (see decimal when <base> = DECimal <string>...
  • Page 128 Commands Quick Reference Table 33 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? <period> ::= the nominal clock page 820) <period> (see (see period (tick), from 1 us to 300 page 820) us, in NR3 format. :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC? <format>...
  • Page 129 Commands Quick Reference Table 33 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 838) <source> (see (see DIGital<d>} page 838) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLeran :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLeran...
  • Page 130 Commands Quick Reference Table 34 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder <order> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} page 852) page 852) <order> (see ? (see :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SL :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SL <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} page 853) OPe <slope> (see OPe? (see page 853)
  • Page 131 Commands Quick Reference Table 34 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger: <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= PATTern:MISO:DATA PATTern:MISO:DATA? {0 | 1 | X | $} page 860) <string> (see (see <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n page 860) ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}...
  • Page 132 Commands Quick Reference Table 35 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:T <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 XFRames? (see format page 875) :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing <value> ::= {OFF | <decimal> | page 876) page 876) <value> (see ? (see <nondecimal>} <decimal>...
  • Page 133 Commands Quick Reference Table 35 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger <value> ::= 8-bit integer from page 883) :DATA <value> (see :DATA? (see 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, page 883) <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format <hexadecimal>...
  • Page 134 Commands Quick Reference Table 37 :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? <slope> ::= {POSitive | NEGative page 896) page 896) <slope> (see (see | EITHer} :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 897) <source> (see (see <n>...
  • Page 135 Commands Quick Reference Table 39 :SEARch:PEAK Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio <delta_level> ::= required page 906) n <delta_level> (see n? (see change in level to be recognized page 906) as a peak, in NR3 format. :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? <number>...
  • Page 136 Commands Quick Reference Table 41 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:TRANsition:SO :SEARch:TRANsition:SO <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 918) URce <source> (see URce? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 918) in NR1 format :SEARch:TRANsition:TI :SEARch:TRANsition:TI <time>...
  • Page 137 Commands Quick Reference Table 43 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO <value> ::= {IDData | DATA | page 927) DE <value> (see DE? (see IDRemote | IDEither | ERRor | page 927) ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | ALLerrors | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal} :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA...
  • Page 138 Commands Quick Reference Table 44 :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} y:FRAMe <frame id> y:FRAMe? (see <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 page 940) page 940) (see :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra <value>...
  • Page 139 Commands Quick Reference Table 46 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO <value> ::= { READ7 | WRITE7 | page 949) DE <value> (see DE? (see NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 | page 949) W7Data2 | RESTart | READEprom} :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA <value>...
  • Page 140 Commands Quick Reference Table 47 :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA When TTern:DATA <string> TTern:DATA? (see :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMa page 958) page 958) (see t DECimal, <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal, returns "$"...
  • Page 141 Commands Quick Reference Table 49 :SEARch:SERial:SENT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:SENT:F :SEARch:SERial:SENT:F <string> ::= "0xn..." where n ::= AST:DATA <string> AST:DATA? (see {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} page 966) page 966) (see :SEARch:SERial:SENT:M :SEARch:SERial:SENT:M <mode>...
  • Page 142 Commands Quick Reference Table 51 :SEARch:SERial:UART Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:UART:D :SEARch:SERial:UART:D <value> ::= 8-bit integer from page 975) ATA <value> (see ATA? (see 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, page 975) <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format <hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9| A,..,F} for hexadecimal <binary>...
  • Page 143 (see ASCII string, up to 63 characters page 985) <manufacturer_string> page 985) (see :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANu Sets manufacturer string to facturer]:DEFault "KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES" page 986) (see page 987) :SYSTem:PRESet (see See :SYSTem:PRESet (see page 987) :SYSTem:PROTection:LO :SYSTem:PROTection:LO <value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 |...
  • Page 144 Commands Quick Reference Table 53 :TIMebase Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TIMebase:VERNier {{0 :TIMebase:VERNier? {0 | 1} page 1002) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 1002) (see :TIMebase:WINDow:POSi :TIMebase:WINDow:POSi <pos> ::= time from the trigger page 1003) tion <pos>...
  • Page 145 Commands Quick Reference Table 54 General :TRIGger Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:MODE <mode> :TRIGger:MODE? (see <mode> ::= {EDGE | GLITch | page 1016) page 1016) (see PATTern | TV | DELay | EBURst | OR | RUNT | SHOLd | TRANsition | SBUS{1 | 2}} <return_value>...
  • Page 146 Commands Quick Reference Table 55 :TRIGger:DELay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGge :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGge <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} r:SLOPe <slope> (see r:SLOPe? (see page 1024) page 1024) :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGge :TRIGger:DELay:TRIGge <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | r:SOURce <source> r:SOURce? (see DIGital<d>} page 1025)
  • Page 147 Commands Quick Reference Table 57 :TRIGger[:EDGE] Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl :TRIGger[:EDGE]:COUPl {AC | DC | LFReject} page 1032) ing {AC | DC | ing? (see LFReject} (see page 1032) :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel :TRIGger[:EDGE]:LEVel For internal triggers, <level> <level>...
  • Page 148 Commands Quick Reference Table 58 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat <greater_than_time> ::= erthan erthan? (see floating-point number in NR3 page 1039) <greater_than_time>[s format page 1039) uffix] (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt <less_than_time>...
  • Page 149 Commands Quick Reference Table 58 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe <less_than_time> ::= 15 ns to page 1044) <less_than_time>[suff ? (see 10 seconds in NR3 format ix], <greater_than_time> ::= 10 ns to <greater_than_time>[s 9.99 seconds in NR3 format page 1044) uffix] (see...
  • Page 150 Commands Quick Reference Table 60 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:PATTern :TRIGger:PATTern? <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= page 1050) <string>[,<edge_sourc (see {0 | 1 | X | R | F} when <base> = e>,<edge>] (see ASCii <string>...
  • Page 151 Commands Quick Reference Table 61 :TRIGger:RUNT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarit :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarit <polarity> ::= {POSitive | page 1057) y <polarity> (see y? (see NEGative | EITHer} page 1057) :TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifi :TRIGger:RUNT:QUALifi <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | page 1058) er <qualifier>...
  • Page 152 Commands Quick Reference Table 63 :TRIGger:TRANsition Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:TRANsition:Q :TRIGger:TRANsition:Q <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | UALifier <qualifier> UALifier? (see LESSthan} page 1068) page 1068) (see :TRIGger:TRANsition:S :TRIGger:TRANsition:S <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} page 1069) LOPe <slope> (see LOPe? (see page 1069)
  • Page 153 Commands Quick Reference Table 64 :TRIGger:TV Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HSYN :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HSYN {0 | 1} page 1079) c {{0 | OFF} | {1 | c? (see page 1079) ON}} (see :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HTIM :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HTIM <time> ::= seconds in NR3 format page 1080) e <time>...
  • Page 154 Commands Quick Reference Table 66 :WAVeform Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:BYTeorder :WAVeform:BYTeorder? <value> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} page 1097) <value> (see (see page 1097) :WAVeform:COUNt? (see <count> ::= an integer from 1 to page 1098) 65536 in NR1 format :WAVeform:DATA? (see <binary block length bytes>, page...
  • Page 155 Commands Quick Reference Table 66 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:PREamble? <preamble_block> ::= <format page 1106) (see NR1>, <type NR1>,<points NR1>,<count NR1>, <xincrement NR3>, <xorigin NR3>, <xreference NR1>,<yincrement NR3>, <yorigin NR3>, <yreference NR1> <format> ::= an integer in NR1 format: •...
  • Page 156 Commands Quick Reference Table 66 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:VIEW <view> :WAVeform:VIEW? (see <view> ::= {MAIN} page 1118) page 1118) (see :WAVeform:XINCrement? <return_value> ::= x-increment page 1119) (see in the current preamble in NR3 format :WAVeform:XORigin? <return_value>...
  • Page 157 Commands Quick Reference Table 67 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DA <binary> ::= decimal 16-bit TA:DAC {<binary> | integer values between -512 to <value>, <value> ...} +511 in IEEE 488.2 binary block page 1133) (see format <value>...
  • Page 158 Commands Quick Reference Table 67 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:MODulation:A :WGEN<w>:MODulation:A <percent> ::= AM depth percentage M:DEPTh <percent> M:DEPTh? (see from 0% to 100% in NR1 format page 1144) page 1144) (see <w> ::= 1 in NR1 format :WGEN<w>:MODulation:A :WGEN<w>:MODulation:A <frequency>...
  • Page 159 Commands Quick Reference Table 67 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:LOAD :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:LOAD? <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} page 1157) <impedance> (see (see <w> ::= 1 or 2 in NR1 format page 1157) :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:POLar :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:POLar <polarity> ::= {NORMal | page 1158) ity <polarity>...
  • Page 160 Commands Quick Reference Table 68 :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WMEMory<r>:SAVE <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in <source> (see NR1 format page 1170) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 161 Commands Quick Reference Syntax Elements • "Number Format" on page 161 • "<NL> (Line Terminator)" on page 161 • "[ ] (Optional Syntax Terms)" on page 161 • "{ } (Braces)" on page 161 • "::= (Defined As)" on page 161 •...
  • Page 162 Commands Quick Reference < > (Angle Brackets) < > Angle brackets enclose words or characters that symbolize a program code parameter or an interface command..(Ellipsis) ... An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be repeated one or more times.
  • Page 163 Commands Quick Reference <1000 bytes of data> is the actual data Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 164 Commands Quick Reference Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 165 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 5 Common (*) Commands Commands defined by IEEE 488.2 standard that are common to all instruments. "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 168. Table 69 Common (*) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns page 169) *CLS (see...
  • Page 166 Common (*) Commands Table 69 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 177) *OPT? (see <return_value> ::= 0,0,<license info> <license info> ::= <All field>, <reserved>, <MSO>, <Xilinx FPGA Probe>, <Memory>, <Low Speed Serial>, <Automotive Serial>, <reserved>, <FlexRay Serial>, <Power Measurements>, <RS-232/UART Serial>,...
  • Page 167 Common (*) Commands Table 69 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns *RCL <value> (see <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 6 | page 179) 7 | 8 | 9} page 180) page 180) *RST (see...
  • Page 168 Common (*) Commands Introduction to The common commands are defined by the IEEE 488.2 standard. They are Common (*) implemented by all instruments that comply with the IEEE 488.2 standard. They Commands provide some of the basic instrument functions, such as instrument identification and reset, reading the instrument setup, and determining how status is read and cleared.
  • Page 169 Common (*) Commands *CLS (Clear Status) (see page 1276) Command Syntax *CLS The *CLS common command clears the status data structures, the device-defined error queue, and the Request-for-OPC flag. If the *CLS command immediately follows a program message terminator, the output queue NOTE and the MAV (message available) bit are cleared.
  • Page 170 Common (*) Commands *ESE (Standard Event Status Enable) (see page 1276) Command Syntax *ESE <mask_argument> <mask_argument> ::= integer from 0 to 255 The *ESE common command sets the bits in the Standard Event Status Enable Register. The Standard Event Status Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status Register.
  • Page 171 Common (*) Commands Query Syntax *ESE? The *ESE? query returns the current contents of the Standard Event Status Enable Register. Return Format <mask_argument><NL> <mask_argument> ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 168 •...
  • Page 172 Common (*) Commands *ESR (Standard Event Status Register) (see page 1276) Query Syntax *ESR? The *ESR? query returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register. When you read the Event Status Register, the value returned is the total bit weights of all of the bits that are high at the time you read the byte.
  • Page 173 Common (*) Commands Return Format <status><NL> <status> ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format. Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears it. High or 1 indicates the bit is true. NOTE See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 168 •...
  • Page 174 The *IDN? query identifies the instrument type and software version. Return Format <manufacturer_string>,<model>,<serial_number>,X.XX.XX <NL> <manufacturer_string> ::= KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES <model> ::= the model number of the instrument <serial_number> ::= the serial number of the instrument X.XX.XX ::= the software revision of the instrument See Also •...
  • Page 175 Common (*) Commands *LRN (Learn Device Setup) (see page 1276) Query Syntax *LRN? The *LRN? query result contains the current state of the instrument. This query is similar to the :SYSTem:SETup? (see page 991) query, except that it contains ":SYST:SET " before the binary block data. The query result is a valid command that can be used to restore instrument settings at a later time.
  • Page 176 Common (*) Commands *OPC (Operation Complete) (see page 1276) Command Syntax *OPC The *OPC command sets the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register when all pending device operations have finished. Query Syntax *OPC? The *OPC? query places an ASCII "1" in the output queue when all pending device operations have completed.
  • Page 177 Common (*) Commands *OPT (Option Identification) (see page 1276) Query Syntax *OPT? The *OPT? query reports the options installed in the instrument. This query returns a string that identifies the module and its software revision level. Return Format 0,0,<license info> <license info>...
  • Page 178 Common (*) Commands The <MSO> field indicates whether the unit is a mixed-signal oscilloscope. The *OPT? query returns the following: Module Module Id No modules attached 0,0,0,0,MSO,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0 See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 168 • "*IDN (Identification Number)"...
  • Page 179 Common (*) Commands *RCL (Recall) (see page 1276) Command Syntax *RCL <value> <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified save/recall register.
  • Page 180 Common (*) Commands *RST (Reset) (see page 1276) Command Syntax *RST The *RST command places the instrument in a known state. This is the same as pressing [Save/Recall] > Defaul t/Erase > Factory Defaul t on the front panel. When you perform a factory default setup, there are no user settings that remain unchanged.
  • Page 181 Common (*) Commands Digital Channel Menu (MSO models only) Channel 0 - 15 Labels Threshold TTL (1.4 V) Display Menu Persistence Grid Quick Meas Menu Source Channel 1 Run Control Scope is running Time Base Menu Main time/division 100 us Main time base delay 0.00 s Delay time/division...
  • Page 182 Common (*) Commands Trigger Menu HF Reject and noise reject Holdoff 40 ns External probe attenuation 10:1 External Units Volts External Impedance 1 M Ohm (cannot be changed) See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 168 • ":SYSTem:PRESet"...
  • Page 183 Common (*) Commands *SAV (Save) (see page 1276) Command Syntax *SAV <value> <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in a save register. The data parameter specifies the register where the data will be saved.
  • Page 184 Common (*) Commands *SRE (Service Request Enable) (see page 1276) Command Syntax *SRE <mask> <mask> ::= integer with values defined in the following table. The *SRE command sets the bits in the Service Request Enable Register. The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Status Byte Register.
  • Page 185 Common (*) Commands Table 72 Service Request Enable Register (SRE) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: OPER Operation Status Register Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Operation Status Register (OPER) occur. (Not used.) Event Status Bit Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Standard Event Status Register (ESR) occur.
  • Page 186 Common (*) Commands *STB (Read Status Byte) (see page 1276) Query Syntax *STB? The *STB? query returns the current value of the instrument's status byte. The MSS (Master Summary Status) bit is reported on bit 6 instead of the RQS (request service) bit.
  • Page 187 Common (*) Commands Table 73 Status Byte Register (STB) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Ind icates: OPER Operation Status Register An enabled condition in the Operation Status Register (OPER) has occurred. Request Service When polled, that the device is requesting service. Master Summary Status When read (by *STB?), whether the device has a reason for requesting service.
  • Page 188 Common (*) Commands *TRG (Trigger) (see page 1276) Command Syntax *TRG The *TRG command has the same effect as the :DIGitize command with no parameters. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 168 • ":DIGitize" on page 203 •...
  • Page 189 Common (*) Commands *TST (Self Test) (see page 1276) Query Syntax *TST? The *TST? query performs a self-test on the instrument. The result of the test is placed in the output queue. A zero indicates the test passed and a non-zero indicates the test failed.
  • Page 190 Common (*) Commands *WAI (Wait To Continue) (see page 1276) Command Syntax *WAI The *WAI command has no function in the oscilloscope, but is parsed for compatibility with other instruments. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 168 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 191 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 6 Root (:) Commands Control many of the basic functions of the oscilloscope and reside at the root level of the command tree. See "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 194. Table 74 Root (:) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns...
  • Page 192 Root (:) Commands Table 74 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :BLANk [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} | page 202) (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 193 Root (:) Commands Table 74 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :OPERregister:CONDiti <n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1 page 215) on? (see format :OPERegister[:EVENt]? <n> ::= 15-bit integer in NR1 page 217) (see format :OVLenable <mask> :OVLenable? (see <mask>...
  • Page 194 Root (:) Commands Table 74 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :STATus? <display> {0 | 1} page 227) (see <display> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 195 Root (:) Commands :ACTivity (see page 1276) Command Syntax :ACTivity The :ACTivity command clears the cumulative edge variables for the next activity query. Query Syntax :ACTivity? The :ACTivity? query returns whether there has been activity (edges) on the digital channels since the last query, and returns the current logic levels. Because the :ACTivity? query returns edge activity since the last :ACTivity? query, you must NOTE send this query twice before the edge activity result is valid.
  • Page 196 Root (:) Commands :AER (Arm Event Register) (see page 1276) Query Syntax :AER? The AER query reads the Arm Event Register. After the Arm Event Register is read, it is cleared. A "1" indicates the trigger system is in the armed state, ready to accept a trigger.
  • Page 197 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale (see page 1276) Command Syntax :AUToscale :AUToscale [<source>[,..,<source>]] <source> ::= CHANnel<n> for the DSO models <source> ::= {DIGital<d> | POD1 | POD2 | CHANnel<n>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d>...
  • Page 198 Root (:) Commands See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 194 • ":AUToscale:CHANnels" on page 200 • ":AUToscale:AMODE" on page 199 Example Code ' AUTOSCALE - This command evaluates all the input signals and sets ' the correct conditions to display all of the active signals. myScope.WriteString ":AUToscale"...
  • Page 199 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:AMODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :AUToscale:AMODE <value> <value> ::= {NORMal | CURRent} The :AUTOscale:AMODE command specifies the acquisition mode that is set by subsequent :AUToscales. • When NORMal is selected, an :AUToscale command sets the NORMal acquisition type and the RTIMe (real-time) acquisition mode.
  • Page 200 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:CHANnels (see page 1276) Command Syntax :AUToscale:CHANnels <value> <value> ::= {ALL | DISPlayed} The :AUTOscale:CHANnels command specifies which channels will be displayed on subsequent :AUToscales. • When ALL is selected, all channels that meet the requirements of :AUToscale will be displayed.
  • Page 201 Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:FDEBug (see page 1276) Command Syntax :AUToscale:FDEBug <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :AUToscale:FDEBug command turns fast debug auto scaling on or off. The Fast Debug option changes the behavior of :AUToscale to let you make quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is a DC voltage, ground, or an active AC signal.
  • Page 202 Root (:) Commands :BLANk (see page 1276) Command Syntax :BLANk [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 203 Root (:) Commands :DIGitize (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DIGitize [<source>[,..,<source>]] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2}} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2}} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 204 Root (:) Commands Example Code ' Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------- myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize CHANnel1" See complete example programs at: Chapter 42, “Programming Examples,” starting on page 1285 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 205 Root (:) Commands :HWEenable (Hardware Event Enable Register) (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HWEenable <mask> <mask> ::= 16-bit integer The :HWEenable command sets a mask in the Hardware Event Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 12 in the Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 206 Root (:) Commands • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 219 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 221 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 186 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 184 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 207 Root (:) Commands :HWERegister:CONDition (Hardware Event Condition Register) (see page 1276) Query Syntax :HWERegister:CONDition? The :HWERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in the Hardware Event Condition Register. :HWERegister:CONDition? Locked Hardware Event Condition Register :HWERegister[:EVENt]? Hardware Event Event Register Locked :HWEenable :HWEenable? Hardware Event Enable (Mask) Register...
  • Page 208 Root (:) Commands :HWERegister[:EVENt] (Hardware Event Event Register) (see page 1276) Query Syntax :HWERegister[:EVENt]? The :HWERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Hardware Event Event Register. :HWERegister:CONDition? Locked Hardware Event Condition Register :HWERegister[:EVENt]? Hardware Event Event Register Locked :HWEenable :HWEenable? Hardware Event Enable (Mask) Register...
  • Page 209 Root (:) Commands :MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register) (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTEenable <mask> <mask> ::= 16-bit integer The :MTEenable command sets a mask in the Mask Test Event Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 9 in the Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request) interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 210 Root (:) Commands See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 194 • ":AER (Arm Event Register)" on page 196 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 281 • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 217 • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 219 •...
  • Page 211 Root (:) Commands :MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register) (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MTERegister[:EVENt]? The :MTERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Mask Test Event Event Register and clears the register. Auto Com- :MTERegister[:EVENt]? Started Fail Mask plete Mask Test Event Event Register :MTEenable...
  • Page 212 Root (:) Commands • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 221 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 186 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 184 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 213 Root (:) Commands :OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register) (see page 1276) Command Syntax :OPEE <mask> <mask> ::= 15-bit integer The :OPEE command sets a mask in the Operation Status Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 7 in the Status Byte Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request) interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 214 Root (:) Commands Table 80 Operation Status Enable Register (OPEE) (continued) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: Running Event when the oscilloscope is running (not stopped). (Not used.) Query Syntax :OPEE? The :OPEE? query returns the current value contained in the Operation Status Enable register as an integer number.
  • Page 215 Root (:) Commands :OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register) (see page 1276) Query Syntax :OPERegister:CONDition? The :OPERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in the Operation Status Condition Register. From Hardware From Overload From Mask Test Event Registers AER? Event Registers Event Registers Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped Wait...
  • Page 216 Root (:) Commands Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 194 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 281 • ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 213 • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 217 •...
  • Page 217 Root (:) Commands :OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register) (see page 1276) Query Syntax :OPERegister[:EVENt]? The :OPERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Operation Status Event Register. From Hardware From Overload From Mask Test Event Registers AER? Event Registers Event Registers Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped Wait...
  • Page 218 Root (:) Commands Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 194 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 281 • ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 213 • ":OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register)" on page 215 •...
  • Page 219 Root (:) Commands :OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register) (see page 1276) Command Syntax :OVLenable <enable_mask> <enable_mask> ::= 16-bit integer The overload enable mask is an integer representing an input as described in the following table. The :OVLenable command sets the mask in the Overload Event Enable Register and enables the reporting of the Overload Event Register.
  • Page 220 Root (:) Commands Table 83 Overload Event Enable Register (OVL) (continued) Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: Channel 4 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 4 input. Channel 3 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 3 input. Channel 2 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 2 input.
  • Page 221 Root (:) Commands :OVLRegister (Overload Event Register) (see page 1276) Query Syntax :OVLRegister? The :OVLRegister query returns the overload protection value stored in the Overload Event Register (OVLR). If an overvoltage is sensed on a 50 input, the Ω input will automatically switch to 1 M input impedance.
  • Page 222 Root (:) Commands Table 84 Overload Event Register (OVLR) (continued) Description When Set (1 = High = True), Ind icates: Channel 2 OVL Overload has occurred on Channel 2 input. Channel 1 OVL Overload has occurred on Channel 1 input. Return Format <value><NL>...
  • Page 223 Root (:) Commands :PRINt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :PRINt [<options>] <options> ::= [<print option>][,..,<print option>] <print option> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | PRINter0 | PRINter1 | BMP8bit | BMP | PNG | NOFactors | FACTors} The <print option> parameter may be repeated up to 5 times. The PRINt command formats the output according to the currently selected format (device).
  • Page 224 Root (:) Commands :RUN (see page 1276) Command Syntax :RUN The :RUN command starts repetitive acquisitions. This is the same as pressing the Run key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 194 •...
  • Page 225 Root (:) Commands :SERial (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SERial? The :SERial? query returns the serial number of the instrument. Return Format: Unquoted string<NL> See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 194 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 226 Root (:) Commands :SINGle (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SINGle The :SINGle command causes the instrument to acquire a single trigger of data. This is the same as pressing the Single key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 194 •...
  • Page 227 Root (:) Commands :STATus (see page 1276) Query Syntax :STATus? <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 228 Root (:) Commands :STOP (see page 1276) Command Syntax :STOP The :STOP command stops the acquisition. This is the same as pressing the Stop key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 194 •...
  • Page 229 Root (:) Commands :TER (Trigger Event Register) (see page 1276) Query Syntax :TER? The :TER? query reads the Trigger Event Register. After the Trigger Event Register is read, it is cleared. A one indicates a trigger has occurred. A zero indicates a trigger has not occurred.
  • Page 230 Root (:) Commands :VIEW (see page 1276) Command Syntax :VIEW <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> | POD{1 | 2} | BUS{1 | 2} | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 231 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 7 :ACQuire Commands Set the parameters for acquiring and storing data. See "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 231. Table 85 :ACQuire Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:COMPlete :ACQuire:COMPlete? <complete> ::= 100; an integer in page 233) <complete>...
  • Page 232 :ACQuire Commands The :ACQuire:TYPE NORMal command sets the oscilloscope in the normal acquisition mode. For the majority of user models and signals, NORMal mode yields the best oscilloscope picture of the waveform. Averaging The :ACQuire:TYPE AVERage command sets the oscilloscope in the averaging mode.
  • Page 233 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:COMPlete (see page 1276) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COMPlete <complete> <complete> ::= 100; an integer in NR1 format The :ACQuire:COMPlete command affects the operation of the :DIGitize command. It specifies the minimum completion criteria for an acquisition. The parameter determines the percentage of the time buckets that must be "full" before an acquisition is considered complete.
  • Page 234 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:COUNt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COUNt <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format In averaging mode, the :ACQuire:COUNt command specifies the number of values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered to be complete for that time bucket.
  • Page 235 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :ACQuire:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {RTIMe | SEGMented} The :ACQuire:MODE command sets the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope. • The :ACQuire:MODE RTIMe command sets the oscilloscope in real time mode. The obsolete command ACQuire:TYPE:REALtime is functionally equivalent to sending NOTE ACQuire:MODE RTIMe;...
  • Page 236 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:POINts (see page 1276) Query Syntax :ACQuire:POINts? The :ACQuire:POINts? query returns the number of data points that the hardware will acquire from the input signal. The number of points acquired is not directly controllable. To set the number of points to be transferred from the oscilloscope, use the command :WAVeform:POINts.
  • Page 237 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze (see page 1276) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled. NOTE This command calculates measurement statistics and/or infinite persistence over all segments that have been acquired. It corresponds to the front panel Analyze Segments softkey which appears in both the Measurement Statistics and Segmented Memory Menus.
  • Page 238 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt <count> <count> ::= an integer from 2 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled. NOTE The :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command sets the number of memory segments to acquire.
  • Page 239 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex (see page 1276) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex <index> <index> ::= an integer from 1 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format This command is available when the segmented memory option (Option SGM) is enabled. NOTE The :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command sets the index into the memory segments that have been acquired.
  • Page 240 :ACQuire Commands Option Explicit Public myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager Public myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Public varQueryResult As Variant Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long) Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _...
  • Page 241 :ACQuire Commands For lngI = lngSegments To 1 Step -1 ' Set the segmented memory index. myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex " + CStr(lngI) myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex?" strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString Debug.Print "Acquisition memory segment index: " + strQueryResult ' Display the segment time tag. myScope.WriteString ":WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG?"...
  • Page 242 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SRATe (see page 1276) Query Syntax :ACQuire:SRATe? [MAXimum] The :ACQuire:SRATe? query returns the current oscilloscope acquisition sample rate. The sample rate is not directly controllable. When the MAXimum parameter is used, the oscilloscope's maximum possible sample rate is returned. Return Format <sample_rate><NL>...
  • Page 243 :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :ACQuire:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage | HRESolution | PEAK} The :ACQuire:TYPE command selects the type of data acquisition that is to take place. The acquisition types are: • NORMal — sets the oscilloscope in the normal mode. •...
  • Page 244 :ACQuire Commands • ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 234 • ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 235 • ":DIGitize" on page 203 • ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 1101 • ":WAVeform:TYPE" on page 1116 • ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 1106 Example Code ' AQUIRE_TYPE - Sets the acquisition mode, which can be NORMAL, ' PEAK, or AVERAGE.
  • Page 245 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 8 :BUS<n> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with buses made up of digital channels. See "Introduction to :BUS<n> Commands" on page 246. Table 86 :BUS<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :BUS<n>:BIT<m>...
  • Page 246 :BUS<n> Commands Table 86 :BUS<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :BUS<n>:LABel :BUS<n>:LABel? (see <string> ::= quoted ASCII string page 252) <string> (see up to 10 characters page 252) <n> ::= 1 or 2; an integer in NR1 format :BUS<n>:MASK <mask>...
  • Page 247 :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:BIT<m> (see page 1276) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:BIT<m> <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. <m>...
  • Page 248 :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:BITS (see page 1276) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:BITS <channel_list>, <display> <channel_list> ::= (@<m>,<m>:<m>, ...) where commas separate bits and colons define bit ranges. <m> ::= An integer, 0,..,15, defines a digital channel affected by the command. <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n>...
  • Page 249 :BUS<n> Commands ' Include digital channels 1 through 5, 8, and 14 in bus 1: myScope.WriteString ":BUS1:BITS (@1:5,8,14), ON" Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 250 :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:CLEar (see page 1276) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:CLEar <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. The :BUS<n>:CLEar command excludes all of the digital channels from the selected bus definition.
  • Page 251 :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:DISplay <value> <value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. The :BUS<n>:DISPlay command enables or disables the view of the selected bus.
  • Page 252 :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:LABel (see page 1276) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:LABel <quoted_string> <quoted_string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as a quoted ASCII string. <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command. The :BUS<n>:LABel command sets the bus label to the quoted string.
  • Page 253 :BUS<n> Commands :BUS<n>:MASK (see page 1276) Command Syntax :BUS<n>:MASK <mask> <mask> ::= 32-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...
  • Page 254 :BUS<n> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 255 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 9 :CALibrate Commands Utility commands for viewing calibration status and for starting the user calibration procedure. See "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 256. Table 87 :CALibrate Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CALibrate:DATE? (see <return value>...
  • Page 256 :CALibrate Commands Introduction to The CALibrate subsystem provides utility commands for: :CALibrate • Determining the state of the calibration factor protection switch Commands (CAL PROTECT). • Saving and querying the calibration label string. • Reporting the calibration time and date. •...
  • Page 257 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:DATE (see page 1276) Query Syntax :CALibrate:DATE? The :CALibrate:DATE? query returns the date of the last calibration. Return Format <date><NL> <date> ::= year,month,day in NR1 format<NL> See Also • "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 256 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 258 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:LABel (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CALibrate:LABel <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string of up to 32 characters in length, not including the quotes The CALibrate:LABel command saves a string that is up to 32 characters in length into the instrument's non-volatile memory.
  • Page 259 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:OUTPut (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CALibrate:OUTPut <signal> <signal> ::= {TRIGgers | MASK | WAVEgen | WGEN1} Note: WAVE and WGEN1 are equivalent. The CALibrate:OUTPut command sets the signal that is available on the rear panel TRIG OUT BNC: •...
  • Page 260 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:PROTected (see page 1276) Query Syntax :CALibrate:PROTected? The :CALibrate:PROTected? query returns the rear-panel calibration protect (CAL PROTECT) button state. The value PROTected indicates calibration is disabled, and UNPRotected indicates calibration is enabled. Return Format <switch><NL> <switch> ::= {PROTected | UNPRotected} See Also •...
  • Page 261 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:STARt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CALibrate:STARt The CALibrate:STARt command starts the user calibration procedure. Before starting the user calibration procedure, you must set the rear panel CALIBRATION NOTE switch to UNPROTECTED, and you must connect BNC cables from the TRIG OUT connector to the analog channel inputs.
  • Page 262 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:STATus (see page 1276) Query Syntax :CALibrate:STATus? The :CALibrate:STATus? query returns the summary results of the last user calibration procedure. Return Format <return value><NL> <return value> ::= <status_code>,<status_string> <status_code> ::= an integer status code <status_string> ::= an ASCII status string The status codes and strings can be: Status Code Status String...
  • Page 263 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TEMPerature (see page 1276) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TEMPerature? The :CALibrate:TEMPerature? query returns the change in temperature since the last user calibration procedure. Return Format <return value><NL> <return value> ::= degrees C delta since last cal in NR3 format See Also •...
  • Page 264 :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TIME (see page 1276) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TIME? The :CALibrate:TIME? query returns the time of the last calibration. Return Format <date><NL> <date> ::= hour,minutes,seconds in NR1 format See Also • "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 256 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 265 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 10 :CHANnel<n> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog channels or groups of channels. See "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 267. Table 88 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit? {0 | 1}...
  • Page 266 :CHANnel<n> Commands Table 88 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA <head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 | D[:TYPE] <head_param> D[:TYPE]? (see SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6 | page 276) page 276) (see DIFF12 | DIFF20 | NONE} <n>...
  • Page 267 :CHANnel<n> Commands Table 88 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:UNITs :CHANnel<n>:UNITs? <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} page 284) page 284) <units> (see (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:VERNier :CHANnel<n>:VERNier? {0 | 1} page 285)
  • Page 268 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <bwlimit> <bwlimit> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit command controls an internal low-pass filter. When the filter is on, the bandwidth of the specified channel is limited to approximately 25 MHz.
  • Page 269 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:COUPling (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling> <coupling> ::= {AC | DC} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling command selects the input coupling for the specified channel. The coupling for each analog channel can be set to AC or DC. Query Syntax :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? query returns the current coupling for the specified...
  • Page 270 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay <display value> <display value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay command turns the display of the specified channel on or off.
  • Page 271 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance command selects the input impedance setting for the specified analog channel. The legal values for this command are ONEMeg (1 M ) and FIFTy (50 Ω...
  • Page 272 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:INVert (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:INVert <invert value> <invert value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:INVert command selects whether or not to invert the input signal for the specified channel.
  • Page 273 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:LABel (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:LABel <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format Label strings are 10 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII characters. NOTE Labels with more than 10 characters are truncated to 10 characters.
  • Page 274 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset> [<suffix>] <offset> ::= Vertical offset value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command sets the value that is represented at center screen for the selected channel.
  • Page 275 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe <attenuation> <attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The obsolete attenuation values X1, X10, X20, X100 are also supported. The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the selected channel.
  • Page 276 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] (see page 1276) Command Syntax This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. NOTE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] <head_param> <head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 | SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6 | DIFF12 | DIFF20 | NONE} <n>...
  • Page 277 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID (see page 1276) Query Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID? <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID? query returns the type of probe attached to the specified oscilloscope channel. Return Format <probe id><NL> <probe id> ::= unquoted ASCII string up to 11 characters Some of the possible returned values are: •...
  • Page 278 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel <value> <value> ::= {P5205 | P5210 | P6205 | P6241 | P6243 | P6245 | P6246 | P6247 | P6248 | P6249 | P6250 | P6251 | P670X | P671X | TCP202} <n>...
  • Page 279 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW <skew value> <skew value> ::= skew time in NR3 format <skew value> ::= -100 ns to +100 ns <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW command sets the channel-to-channel skew factor for the specified channel.
  • Page 280 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe (see page 1276) Command Syntax This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. NOTE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe <signal type> <signal type> ::= {DIFFerential | SINGle} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe command sets the channel probe signal type (STYPe) to differential or single-ended when using the 113xA Series probes and determines how offset is applied.
  • Page 281 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROTection (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROTection[:CLEar] <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format| 4} When the analog channel input impedance is set to 50 , the input channels are Ω protected against overvoltage. When an overvoltage condition is sensed, the input impedance for the channel is automatically changed to 1 M Ω...
  • Page 282 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:RANGe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:RANGe <range>[<suffix>] <range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis of the selected channel.
  • Page 283 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:SCALe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale>[<suffix>] <scale> ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected channel.
  • Page 284 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:UNITs (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the connected probe. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe. Measurement results, channel sensitivity, and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select.
  • Page 285 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:VERNier (see page 1276) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:VERNier <vernier value> <vernier value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:VERNier command specifies whether the channel's vernier (fine vertical adjustment) setting is ON (1) or OFF (0).
  • Page 286 :CHANnel<n> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 287 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 11 :COUNter Commands When the optional DSOXDVMCTR digital voltmeter and counter analysis feature is licensed, these commands control the counter feature. See "Introduction to :COUNter Commands" on page 288. Table 89 :COUNter Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns...
  • Page 288 :COUNter Commands Table 89 :COUNter Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :COUNter:TOTalize:GAT :COUNter:TOTalize:GAT <source> ::= CHANnel<n> E:SOURce <source> E:SOURce? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 297) page 297) (see in NR1 format :COUNter:TOTalize:SLO :COUNter:TOTalize:SLO <slope>...
  • Page 289 :COUNter Commands :COUNter:CURRent (see page 1276) Query Syntax :COUNter:CURRent? The :COUNter:CURRent? query returns the current counter value. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= current counter value in NR3 format See Also • ":COUNter:ENABle" on page 290 • ":COUNter:MODE" on page 291 •...
  • Page 290 :COUNter Commands :COUNter:ENABle (see page 1276) Command Syntax :COUNter:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :COUNter:ENABle command enables or disables the counter feature. Query Syntax :COUNter:ENABle? The :COUNter:ENABle? query returns whether the counter is enabled or disabled. Return Format <off_on><NL>...
  • Page 291 :COUNter Commands :COUNter:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :COUNter:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {FREQuency | PERiod | TOTalize} The :COUNter:MODE command sets the counter mode: • FREQuency — the cycles per second (Hz) of the signal. • PERiod — the time periods of the signal's cycles. •...
  • Page 292 :COUNter Commands :COUNter:NDIGits (see page 1276) Command Syntax :COUNter:NDIGits <value> <value> ::= 3 to 8 in NR1 format The :COUNter:NDIGits command sets the number of digits of resolution used for the frequency or period counter. Higher resolutions require longer gate times, which cause the measurement times to be longer as well.
  • Page 293 :COUNter Commands :COUNter:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :COUNter:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | TQEVent} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COUNter:SOURce command selects the waveform source that the counter measures. You can select one of the analog input channels or the trigger qualified event signal.
  • Page 294 :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar (see page 1276) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar The :COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar command zeros the edge event counter. See Also • ":COUNter:CURRent" on page 289 • ":COUNter:ENABle" on page 290 • ":COUNter:MODE" on page 291 • ":COUNter:NDIGits" on page 292 • ":COUNter:SOURce"...

  • Page 295: Counter:source

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:ENABle (see page 1276) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:ENABle command enables or disables totalizer gating. When totalizer gating is enabled, the totalizer only counts edges when a second gating signal polarity is true. The second gating signal can be one of the remaining analog channel inputs.

  • Page 296: Counter:totalize:gate:polarity

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:POLarity (see page 1276) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:POLarity <polarity> <polarity> ::= {{NEGative | FALLing} | {POSitive | RISing}} The :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:POLarity command specifies the gating signal condition under which totalizer edges are counted. The gating signal is specified with the :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce command.

  • Page 297: Counter:totalize:gate:source

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce command selects the analog channel that has the totalizer gating signal. Query Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce? The :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce? query returns the current totalizer gating signal source.
  • Page 298 :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {{NEGative | FALLing} | {POSitive | RISing}} The :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe command specifies whether positive or negative edges are counted. Query Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe? The :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe? query returns the currently set slope specification. Return Format <slope><NL>...
  • Page 299 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 12 :DEMO Commands When the education kit is licensed (Option EDU), you can output demonstration signals on the oscilloscope's Demo 1 and Demo 2 terminals. See "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 299. Table 90 :DEMO Commands Summary Command Query...
  • Page 300 :DEMO Commands :DEMO:FUNCtion (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion <signal> <signal> ::= {SINusoid | NOISy | PHASe | RINGing | SINGle | AM | CLK | GLITch | BURSt | MSO | RUNT | TRANsition | RFBurst | SHOLd | LFSine | FMBurst | ETE | CAN | LIN | UART | I2C | SPI | I2S | CANLin | ARINc | FLEXray | MIL | MIL2 | NMONotonic | DCMotor | HARMonics | COUPling | CFD | SENT | KEYSight}...
  • Page 301 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Demo 2 Terminal Function BURSt Burst of digital pulses that occur every 50 µs @ ~ 3.6 Vpp, ~1.5 V offset 3.1 kHz stair-step sine wave output of ~3.1 kHz sine wave filtered from DAC DAC @ ~1.5 Vpp, 0.75 V offset output @ ~ 600 mVpp, 300 mV offset DAC input signals are internally routed...
  • Page 302 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Demo 2 Terminal Function Signals are internally routed to digital channels D6 through D9: • D9 — MOSI, TTL level, with MSB out 1st (internally routed to digital input). • D8 — MISO, TTL level, with MSB out 1st (internally routed to digital input).
  • Page 303 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Demo 2 Terminal Function HARMonics 1 kHz sine wave @ ~3.5 Vpp, 0.0 V offset, with a ~2 kHz sine wave coupled in COUPling 1 kHz square wave @ ~1 Vpp, 0.0 V offset, with a ~90 kHz sine wave with ~180 mVpp riding on top CAN FD, ~2.4 Vpp, ~-1.2 V offset,...
  • Page 304 :DEMO Commands :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe <angle> <angle> ::= angle in degrees from 0 to 360 in NR3 format For the phase shifted sine demo signals, the :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe command specifies the phase shift in the second sine waveform. Query Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe? The :DEMO:FUNCtion:PHASe:PHASe? query returns the currently set phase shift.
  • Page 305 :DEMO Commands :DEMO:OUTPut (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} The :DEMO:OUTPut command specifies whether the demo signal output is ON (1) or OFF (0). Query Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut? The :DEMO:OUTPut? query returns the current state of the demo signal output setting.
  • Page 306 :DEMO Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 307 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 13 :DIGital<d> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual digital channels. See "Introduction to :DIGital<d> Commands" on page 308. Table 91 :DIGital<d> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DIGital<d>:DISPlay :DIGital<d>:DISPlay? <d>...
  • Page 308 :DIGital<d> Commands Introduction to <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format :DIGital<d> The DIGital subsystem commands control the viewing, labeling, and positioning of Commands digital channels. They also control threshold settings for groups of digital channels, or pods.
  • Page 309 :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:DISPlay <display> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DIGital<d>:DISPlay command turns digital display on or off for the specified channel.
  • Page 310 :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:LABel (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:LABel <string> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <string> ::= any series of 10 or less characters as quoted ASCII string. The :DIGital<d>:LABel command sets the channel label to the string that follows. Setting a label for a channel also adds the name to the label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest label in the list).
  • Page 311 :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:POSition (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:POSition <position> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <position> ::= integer in NR1 format. Channel Size Position Bottom Large Medium 0-15 Small 0-31 The :DIGital<d>:POSition command sets the position of the specified channel. Note that bottom positions might not be valid depending on whether digital buses, serial decode waveforms, or the zoomed time base are displayed.
  • Page 312 :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:SIZE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:SIZE <value> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <value> ::= {SMALl | MEDium | LARGe} The :DIGital<d>:SIZE command specifies the size of digital channels on the display.
  • Page 313 :DIGital<d> Commands :DIGital<d>:THReshold (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DIGital<d>:THReshold <value> <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | <user defined value>[<suffix>]} <user defined value> ::= -8.00 to +8.00 in NR3 format <suffix>...
  • Page 314 :DIGital<d> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 315 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 14 :DISPlay Commands Control how waveforms, graticule, and text are displayed and written on the screen. See "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 316. Table 92 :DISPlay Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:ANNotation<n :DISPlay:ANNotation<n {0 | 1}...
  • Page 316 :DISPlay Commands Table 92 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:DATA? <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | [<format>][,][<palett PNG} page 325) e>] (see <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} <display data> ::= data in IEEE 488.2 # format :DISPlay:INTensity:WA :DISPlay:INTensity:WA <value>...
  • Page 317 :DISPlay Commands The following is a sample response from the :DISPlay? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST command. :DISP:LAB 0;VECT 1;PERS MIN Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 318 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> <setting> <setting> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> command turns the annotation on and off. When on, the annotation appears in the upper left corner of the oscilloscope's display.
  • Page 319 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground <mode> <mode> ::= {OPAQue | INVerted | TRANsparent} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground command specifies the background of the annotation: • OPAQue — the annotation has a solid background. •...
  • Page 320 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor <color> <color> ::= {CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | DIG | MATH | REF | MARKer | WHITe | RED} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor command specifies the annotation color.
  • Page 321 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string (up to 254 characters) <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT command specifies the annotation string. The annotation string can contain as many characters as will fit in the Edit Annotation box on the oscilloscope's screen, up to 254 characters.
  • Page 322 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to (800 - width of annotation) in NR1 form <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position command sets the annotation's horizontal X1 position.
  • Page 323 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to (480 - height of annotation) in NR1 for mat. <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 4 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position command sets the annotation's vertical Y1 position.
  • Page 324 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:CLEar (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:CLEar The :DISPlay:CLEar command clears the display and resets all associated measurements. If the oscilloscope is stopped, all currently displayed data is erased. If the oscilloscope is running, all of the data for active channels and functions is erased;...
  • Page 325 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:DATA (see page 1276) Query Syntax :DISPlay:DATA? [<format>][,<palette>] <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | PNG} <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} The :DISPlay:DATA? query reads screen image data. You can choose 24-bit BMP, 8-bit BMP8bit, or 24-bit PNG formats in color or grayscale. If no format or palette option is specified, the screen image is returned in BMP, COLor format.
  • Page 326 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform command sets the waveform intensity. This is the same as adjusting the front panel [Intensity] knob. Query Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? query returns the waveform intensity setting.
  • Page 327 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABel (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABel <value> <value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DISPlay:LABel command turns the analog and digital channel labels on and off. Query Syntax :DISPlay:LABel? The :DISPlay:LABel? query returns the display mode of the analog and digital labels.
  • Page 328 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABList (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABList <binary block data> <binary block> ::= an ordered list of up to 75 labels, a maximum of 10 characters each, separated by newline characters. The :DISPlay:LABList command adds labels to the label list. Labels are added in alphabetical order.
  • Page 329 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:MENU (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:MENU <menu> <menu> ::= {MASK | MEASure | SEGMented | LISTer | POWer} The :DISPlay:MENU command changes the front panel softkey menu. Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 330 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:SIDebar (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:SIDebar <sidebar> <sidebar> ::= {SUMMary | CURSors | MEASurements | DVM | NAVigate | CONTrols | EVENts | COUNter} The :DISPlay:SIDebar command specifies the sidebar dialog to display on the screen. Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 331 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:PERSistence (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:PERSistence <value> <value> ::= {MINimum | INFinite | <time>} <time> ::= seconds in in NR3 format from 100E-3 to 60E0 The :DISPlay:PERSistence command specifies the persistence setting: • MINimum — indicates zero persistence. •...
  • Page 332 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:VECTors (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DISPlay:VECTors <vectors> <vectors> ::= {1 | ON} Vector display is always ON in the 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes. When vectors are turned on, the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data points. Query Syntax :DISPlay:VECTors? The :DISPlay:VECTors? query returns the vectors setting.
  • Page 333 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 15 :DVM Commands When the optional DSOXDVM digital voltmeter analysis feature is licensed, these commands control the digital voltmeter (DVM) feature. Table 93 :DVM Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DVM:ARANge {{0 | :DVM:ARANge? (see {0 | 1} page...
  • Page 334 :DVM Commands :DVM:ARANge (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DVM:ARANge <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} If the selected digital voltmeter (DVM) source channel is not used in oscilloscope triggering, the :DVM:ARANge command turns the digital voltmeter's Auto Range capability on or off.
  • Page 335 :DVM Commands :DVM:CURRent (see page 1276) Query Syntax :DVM:CURRent? The :DVM:CURRent? query returns the displayed 3-digit DVM value based on the current mode. Return Format <dvm_value><NL> <dvm_value> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format See Also • ":DVM:SOURce" on page 338 •...
  • Page 336 :DVM Commands :DVM:ENABle (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DVM:ENABle <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :DVM:ENABle command turns the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature on or off. Query Syntax :DVM:ENABle? The :DVM:ENABle? query returns a flag indicating whether the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature is on or off.
  • Page 337 :DVM Commands :DVM:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DVM:MODE <dvm_mode> <dvm_mode> ::= {ACRMs | DC | DCRMs} The :DVM:MODE command sets the digital voltmeter (DVM) mode: • ACRMs — displays the root-mean-square value of the acquired data, with the DC component removed. •...
  • Page 338 :DVM Commands :DVM:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :DVM:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 in NR1 format The :DVM:SOURce command sets the select the analog channel on which digital voltmeter (DVM) measurements are made. The selected channel does not have to be on (displaying a waveform) in order for DVM measurements to be made.
  • Page 339 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 16 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Control the input characteristics of the external trigger input. See "Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 339. Table 94 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :EXTernal:BWLimit :EXTernal:BWLimit? <bwlimit>...
  • Page 340 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:BWLimit (see page 1276) Command Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit <bwlimit> <bwlimit> ::= {0 | OFF} The :EXTernal:BWLimit command is provided for product compatibility. The only legal value is 0 or OFF. Use the :TRIGger:HFReject command to limit bandwidth on the external trigger input. Query Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit? The :EXTernal:BWLimit? query returns the current setting of the low-pass filter...
  • Page 341 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:PROBe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :EXTernal:PROBe <attenuation> <attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format The :EXTernal:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the external trigger. The probe attenuation factor may be 0.1 to 1000. This command does not change the actual input sensitivity of the oscilloscope.
  • Page 342 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:RANGe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :EXTernal:RANGe <range>[<suffix>] <range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} The :EXTernal:RANGe command is provided for product compatibility. When using 1:1 probe attenuation, the range can only be set to 8.0 V. If the probe attenuation is changed, the range value is multiplied by the probe attenuation factor.
  • Page 343 :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:UNITs (see page 1276) Command Syntax :EXTernal:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} The :EXTernal:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the probe connected to the external trigger input. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe.
  • Page 344 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 345 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 17 :FFT Commands Control functions in the measurement/storage module. See "Introduction to :FFT Commands" on page 346. Table 95 :FFT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :FFT:AVERage:COUNt :FFT:AVERage:COUNt? <count> ::= an integer from 2 to page 347) page...
  • Page 346 :FFT Commands Table 95 :FFT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FFT:SOURce1 <source> :FFT:SOURce1? (see <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 357) page 357) (see FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format. <c>...
  • Page 347 :FFT Commands :FFT:AVERage:COUNt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:AVERage:COUNt <count> <count> ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format. The :FFT:AVERage:COUNt command sets the number of waveforms to be averaged together. The number of averages can be set from 2 to 65536 in increments of powers of 2. Increasing the number of averages will increase resolution and reduce noise.
  • Page 348 :FFT Commands :FFT:CENTer (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:CENTer <frequency> <frequency> ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. The range of legal values is from 0 Hz to 25 GHz. The :FFT:CENTer command sets the center frequency when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected.
  • Page 349 :FFT Commands :FFT:CLEar (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:CLEar When the FFT display mode is AVERage, MAXHold, or MINHold, the :FFT:CLEar command clears the number of evaluated waveforms. See Also • ":FFT:AVERage:COUNt" on page 347 • ":FFT:CENTer" on page 348 •...
  • Page 350 :FFT Commands :FFT:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :FFT:DISPlay command turns the display of the FFT function on or off. When ON is selected, the FFT function is calculated and displayed. When OFF is selected, the FFT function is neither calculated nor displayed.
  • Page 351 :FFT Commands :FFT:DMODe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:DMODe <display_mode> <display_mode> ::= {NORMal | AVERage | MAXHold | MINHold} The :FFT:DMODe command selects one of the FFT waveform display modes: • NORMal — this is the FFT waveform without any averaging or hold functions applied.
  • Page 352 :FFT Commands • ":FFT:WINDow" on page 362 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 353 :FFT Commands :FFT:OFFSet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:OFFSet <offset> <offset> ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format. The :FFT:OFFSet command specifies the FFT vertical value represented at center screen. If you set the offset to a value outside of the legal range, the offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value.
  • Page 354 :FFT Commands :FFT:RANGe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:RANGe <range> <range> ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format. The :FFT:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis for the FFT function. Query Syntax :FFT:RANGe? The :FFT:RANGe? query returns the current full-scale range value for the FFT function.
  • Page 355 :FFT Commands :FFT:REFerence (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:REFerence <level> <level> ::= the current reference level in NR3 format. The :FFT:REFerence command specifies the FFT vertical value represented at center screen. If you set the reference level to a value outside of the legal range, the level is automatically set to the nearest legal value.
  • Page 356 :FFT Commands :FFT:SCALe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:SCALe <scale_value>[<suffix>] <scale_value> ::= floating-point value in NR3 format. <suffix> ::= dB The :FFT:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the FFT function. Legal values for the scale depend on the selected function. Query Syntax :FFT:SCALe? The :FFT:SCALe? query returns the current scale value for the FFT function.
  • Page 357 :FFT Commands :FFT:SOURce1 (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:SOURce1 <offset> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format. <c> ::= {1 | 2} The :FFT:SOURce1 command selects the source for the FFT function. Another shorthand notation for SOURce1 in this command/query (besides SOUR1) is SOUR.
  • Page 358 :FFT Commands :FFT:SPAN (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:SPAN <span> <span> ::= the current frequency span in NR3 format. Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz. If you set the frequency span to a value outside of the legal range, the step size is automatically set to the nearest legal value.
  • Page 359 :FFT Commands :FFT:STARt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:STARt <frequency> <frequency> ::= the start frequency in NR3 format. The :FFT:STARt command sets the start frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FFT:CENTer and :FFT:SPAN commands.
  • Page 360 :FFT Commands :FFT:STOP (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:STOP <frequency> <frequency> ::= the stop frequency in NR3 format. The :FFT:STOP command sets the stop frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FFT:CENTer and :FFT:SPAN commands.
  • Page 361 :FFT Commands :FFT:VTYPe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:VTYPe <units> <units> ::= {DECibel | VRMS} The :FFT:VTYPe command specifies FFT vertical units as DECibel or VRMS. Query Syntax :FFT:VTYPe? The :FFT:VTYPe? query returns the current FFT vertical units. Return Format <units><NL>...
  • Page 362 :FFT Commands :FFT:WINDow (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FFT:WINDow <window> <window> ::= {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris} The :FFT:WINDow command allows the selection of four different windowing transforms or operations for the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) function. The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats. Unless an integral number of sampled waveform cycles exist in the record, a discontinuity is created between the end of one record and the beginning of the next.
  • Page 363 :FFT Commands • ":FFT:SOURce1" on page 357 • ":FFT:SPAN" on page 358 • ":FFT:STARt" on page 359 • ":FFT:STOP" on page 360 • ":FFT:VTYPe" on page 361 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 364 :FFT Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 365 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 18 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Control functions in the measurement/storage module. See "Introduction to :FUNCtion<m> Commands" on page 368. Table 96 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage: :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage: <count> ::= an integer from 2 to page 370) COUNt <count>...
  • Page 366 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 96 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar page 376) (see :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay? {0 | 1} page 377) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) page 377) ON}} (see in NR1 format...
  • Page 367 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 96 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrat :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrat <input_offset> ::= DC offset e:IOFFset e:IOFFset? (see correction in NR3 format. page 386) <input_offset> (see <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) page 386) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:G :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:G...
  • Page 368 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 96 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:REFerenc :FUNCtion<m>:REFerenc <level> ::= the value at center page 395) e <level> (see e? (see screen in NR3 format. page 395) The range of legal values is +/-10 times the current sensitivity of the selected function.
  • Page 369 :FUNCtion<m> Commands The math function operator, transform, filter, or visualization is selected using the :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation command. Depending on the selected operation, there may be other commands for specifying options for that operation. See ":FUNCtion<m>:OPERation" on page 390. The SOURce1, DISPlay, RANGe, and OFFSet (or REFerence) commands apply to any function.
  • Page 370 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt <count> <count> ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt command sets the number of waveforms to be averaged together.
  • Page 371 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk <source> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <source> ::= {DIGital<d>} <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk command selects the clock signal source for the Chart Logic Bus State operation.
  • Page 372 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe <slope> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive | EITHer} The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe command specifies the clock signal edge for the Chart Logic Bus State operation. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe query returns the clock edge setting.
  • Page 373 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= value per bus code, in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement command specifies the value associated with each increment in Chart Logic Bus data. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YINCrement query returns the value associated with each...
  • Page 374 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= value at bus code = 0, in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin command specifies the value associated with Chart Logic Bus data equal to zero. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YORigin query returns the value for associated with data...
  • Page 375 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits <units> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere | NONE} The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits command specifies the vertical units for the Chart Logic Bus operations. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits? The :FUNCtion<m>:BUS:YUNits query returns the Chart Logic Bus vertical units.
  • Page 376 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar When the :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is AVERage, MAXHold, or MINHold, the :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar command clears the number of evaluated waveforms. See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt" on page 370 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 377 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay <display> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay command turns the display of the function on or off. When ON is selected, the function performs as specified using the other FUNCtion commands.
  • Page 378 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. The range of legal values is from 0 Hz to 25 GHz. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer command sets the center frequency when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected.
  • Page 379 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FFT:FREQuency:STARt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FFT:FREQuency:STARt <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the start frequency in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:FFT:FREQuency:STARt command sets the start frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer and :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN commands.
  • Page 380 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FFT:FREQuency:STOP (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FFT:FREQuency:STOP <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the stop frequency in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:FFT:FREQuency:STOP command sets the stop frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer and :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN commands.
  • Page 381 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN <span> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <span> ::= the current frequency span in NR3 format. Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz. If you set the frequency span to a value outside of the legal range, the step size is automatically set to the nearest legal value.
  • Page 382 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe <units> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <units> ::= {DECibel | VRMS} The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe command specifies FFT vertical units as DECibel or VRMS. Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe? The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe? query returns the current FFT vertical units. Return Format <units><NL>...
  • Page 383 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow <window> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <window> ::= {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris} The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow command allows the selection of four different windowing transforms or operations for the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) function. The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats.
  • Page 384 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass <3dB_freq> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <3dB_freq> ::= -3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass command sets the high-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency. The high-pass filter is a single-pole high pass filter.
  • Page 385 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass <3dB_freq> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <3dB_freq> ::= -3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass command sets the low-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency. The low-pass filter is a 4th order Bessel-Thompson filter.
  • Page 386 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset <input_offset> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <input_offset> ::= DC offset correction in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset command lets you enter a DC offset correction factor for the integrate math waveform input signal. This DC offset correction lets you level a "ramp"ed waveform.
  • Page 387 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= 'A' in Ax + B, value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN command specifies the 'A' value in the Ax + B operation.
  • Page 388 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= 'B' in Ax + B, value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet command specifies the 'B' value in the Ax + B operation.
  • Page 389 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet <offset> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <offset> ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.
  • Page 390 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation <operation> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply | DIVide | DIFF | INTegrate | FFT | SQRT | MAGNify | ABSolute | SQUare | LN | LOG | EXP | TEN | LOWPass | HIGHpass | AVERage | SMOoth | ENVelope | LINear | MAXHold | MINHold | TRENd | BTIMing | BSTate} The :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation command sets the desired waveform math...
  • Page 391 :FUNCtion<m> Commands • HIGHpass — High pass filter — The FREQuency:HIGHpass command sets the -3 dB cutoff frequency. • AVERage — Averaged value — The AVERage:COUNt command specifies the number of averages. Unlike acquisition averaging, the math averaging operator can be used to average the data on a single analog input channel or math function.
  • Page 392 :FUNCtion<m> Commands • MINHold — Operates on a single analog channel source or on a lower math function. The Min Hold (or Min Envelope) operator records the minimum vertical values found at each horizontal bucket across multiple analysis cycles and uses those values to build a waveform. •...
  • Page 393 :FUNCtion<m> Commands • ":FUNCtion<m>:BUS:CLOCk" on page 371 • ":FUNCtion<m>:BUS:SLOPe" on page 372 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 394 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe <range> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <range> ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis for the selected function.
  • Page 395 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence <level> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <level> ::= the current reference level in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.
  • Page 396 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe <scale value>[<suffix>] <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <scale value> ::= integer in NR1 format <suffix> ::= {V | dB} The :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected function.
  • Page 397 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts <points> <points> ::= odd integer in NR1 format When the :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is SMOoth, the :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts command sets the number of smoothing points to use. You can choose an odd number of points, from 3 up to half of the measurement record or precision analysis record.
  • Page 398 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c> | BUS<b>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <c> ::= {1 | 2 | 3}, must be lower than <m> <b>...
  • Page 399 :FUNCtion<m> Commands <c> ::= {1 | 2 | 3}, must be lower than <m> <b> ::= {1 | 2} See Also • "Introduction to :FUNCtion<m> Commands" on page 368 • ":FUNCtion<m>:OPERation" on page 390 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 400 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | NONE} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 command specifies the second source for math operator functions that have two sources.
  • Page 401 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:MEASurement (see page 1276) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:MEASurement <type> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <type> ::= {VAVerage | ACRMs | VRATio | PERiod | FREQuency | PWIDth | NWIDth | DUTYcycle | RISetime | FALLtime} The :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:MEASurement command selects the measurement whose trend is shown in the math waveform.
  • Page 402 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 403 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 19 :HARDcopy Commands Set and query the selection of hardcopy device and formatting options. See "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 404. Table 97 :HARDcopy Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:AREA <area>...
  • Page 404 :HARDcopy Commands Table 97 :HARDcopy Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :HARDcopy:NETWork:PAS <password> ::= quoted ASCII Sword <password> (see string page 414) :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLO <slot> ::= {NET0 | NET1} page 415) T <slot> (see T? (see page 415) :HARDcopy:NETWork:USE :HARDcopy:NETWork:USE...
  • Page 405 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:AREA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:AREA <area> <area> ::= SCReen The :HARDcopy:AREA command controls what part of the display area is printed. Currently, the only legal choice is SCReen. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:AREA? The :HARDcopy:AREA? query returns the selected display area. Return Format <area><NL>...
  • Page 406 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:APRinter (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:APRinter <active_printer> <active_printer> ::= {<index> | <name>} <index> ::= integer index of printer in list <name> ::= name of printer in list The :HARDcopy:APRinter command sets the active printer. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:APRinter? The :HARDcopy:APRinter? query returns the name of the active printer.
  • Page 407 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:FACTors (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:FACTors <factors> <factors> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:FACTors command controls whether the scale factors are output on the hardcopy dump. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:FACTors? The :HARDcopy:FACTors? query returns a flag indicating whether oscilloscope instrument settings are output on the hardcopy.
  • Page 408 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:FFEed (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:FFEed <ffeed> <ffeed> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:FFEed command controls whether a formfeed is output between the screen image and factors of a hardcopy dump. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:FFEed? The :HARDcopy:FFEed? query returns a flag indicating whether a formfeed is output at the end of the hardcopy dump.
  • Page 409 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:INKSaver (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:INKSaver <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The HARDcopy:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:INKSaver? The :HARDcopy:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not.
  • Page 410 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:LAYout (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:LAYout <layout> <layout> ::= {LANDscape | PORTrait} The :HARDcopy:LAYout command sets the hardcopy layout mode. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:LAYout? The :HARDcopy:LAYout? query returns the selected hardcopy layout mode. Return Format <layout><NL> <layout> ::= {LAND | PORT} See Also •...
  • Page 411 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess <address> <address> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess command sets the address for a network printer slot. The address is the server/computer name and the printer's share name in the \\server\share format. The network printer slot is selected by the :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT command.
  • Page 412 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy The :HARDcopy:NETWork:APPLy command applies the network printer settings and makes the printer connection. See Also • "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 404 • ":HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT" on page 415 • ":HARDcopy:NETWork:ADDRess" on page 411 •...
  • Page 413 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain <domain> <domain> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain command sets the Windows network domain name. The domain name setting is a common setting for both network printer slots. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain? The :HARDcopy:NETWork:DOMain? query returns the current Windows network domain name.
  • Page 414 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword <password> <password> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:PASSword command sets the password for the specified Windows network domain and user name. The password setting is a common setting for both network printer slots. See Also •...
  • Page 415 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT <slot> <slot> ::= {NET0 | NET1} The :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT command selects the network printer slot used for the address and apply commands. There are two network printer slots to choose from. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT? The :HARDcopy:NETWork:SLOT? query returns the currently selected network printer slot.
  • Page 416 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname <username> <username> ::= quoted ASCII string The :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname command sets the user name to use when connecting to the Windows network domain. The user name setting is a common setting for both network printer slots. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname? The :HARDcopy:NETWork:USERname? query returns the currently set user name.
  • Page 417 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:PALette (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:PALette <palette> <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale | NONE} The :HARDcopy:PALette command sets the hardcopy palette color. The oscilloscope's print driver cannot print color images to color laser printers, so the COLor option is not available when connected to laser printers. Query Syntax :HARDcopy:PALette? The :HARDcopy:PALette? query returns the selected hardcopy palette color.
  • Page 418 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST (see page 1276) Query Syntax :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST? The :HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST? query returns a list of available printers. The list can be empty. Return Format <list><NL> <list> ::= [<printer_spec>] ... [printer_spec>] <printer_spec> ::= "<index>,<active>,<name>;" <index> ::= integer index of printer <active>...
  • Page 419 :HARDcopy Commands :HARDcopy:STARt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :HARDcopy:STARt The :HARDcopy:STARt command starts a print job. See Also • "Introduction to :HARDcopy Commands" on page 404 • ":HARDcopy:APRinter" on page 406 • ":HARDcopy:PRINter:LIST" on page 418 • ":HARDcopy:FACTors" on page 407 •...
  • Page 420 :HARDcopy Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 421 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 20 :LISTer Commands Table 98 :LISTer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :LISTer:DATA? (see <binary_block> ::= page 422) comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row :LISTer:DISPlay {{OFF :LISTer:DISPlay? (see {OFF | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | ALL} page 423)
  • Page 422 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:DATA (see page 1276) Query Syntax :LISTer:DATA? The :LISTer:DATA? query returns the lister data. Return Format <binary block><NL> <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also • "Introduction to :LISTer Commands" on page 421 •...
  • Page 423 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :LISTer:DISPlay <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {SBUS1 | ON | 1} | {SBUS2 | 2} | ALL} The :LISTer:DISPlay command configures which of the serial buses to display in the Lister, or whether the Lister is off. "ON" or "1" is the same as "SBUS1". When set to "ALL", the decode information for different buses is interleaved in time.
  • Page 424 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:REFerence (see page 1276) Command Syntax :LISTer:REFerence <time_ref> <time_ref> ::= {TRIGger | PREVious} The :LISTer:REFerence command selects whether the time value for a Lister row is relative to the trigger or the previous Lister row. Query Syntax :LISTer:REFerence? The :LISTer:REFerence? query returns the Lister time reference setting.
  • Page 425 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 21 :MARKer Commands Set and query the settings of X-axis markers (X1 and X2 cursors) and the Y-axis markers (Y1 and Y2 cursors). See "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" page 426. Table 99 :MARKer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns...
  • Page 426 :MARKer Commands Table 99 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:X2Y2source :MARKer:X2Y2source? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 433) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 433) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 427 :MARKer Commands Return Format The following is a sample response from the :MARKer? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST and ":MARKer:MODE MANual" command. :MARK:X1Y1 CHAN1;X2Y2 CHAN1;MODE MAN Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 428 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:DYDX (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MARKer:DYDX? The MARKer:DYDX? query returns the cursor ∆Y/∆X value. X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command. If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined. Make sure to set NOTE :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.
  • Page 429 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {OFF | MEASurement | MANual | WAVeform | BINary | HEX} The :MARKer:MODE command sets the cursors mode: • OFF — removes the cursor information from the display. •...
  • Page 430 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1Position (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= X1 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X1Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE"...
  • Page 431 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1Y1source (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Y1source <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MARKer:X1Y1source command sets the source for the cursors.
  • Page 432 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2Position (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= X2 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X2Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE"...
  • Page 433 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2Y2source (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Y2source <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MARKer:X2Y2source command sets the source for the cursors.
  • Page 434 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XDELta (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MARKer:XDELta? The MARKer:XDELta? query returns the value difference between the current X1 and X2 cursor positions. Xdelta = (Value at X2 cursor) - (Value at X1 cursor) X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command. If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined.
  • Page 435 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XUNits (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits <units> <units> ::= {SEConds | HERTz | DEGRees | PERCent} The :MARKer:XUNits command sets the X cursors units: • SEConds — for making time measurements. • HERTz — for making frequency measurements. •...
  • Page 436 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XUNits:USE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits:USE When DEGRees is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 degrees and the current X2 location as 360 degrees. When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 percent and the current X2 location as 100 percent.
  • Page 437 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y1Position (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y1Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= Y1 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" page 429), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: •...
  • Page 438 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y2Position (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y2Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= Y2 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" page 429), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: •...
  • Page 439 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YDELta (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MARKer:YDELta? The :MARKer:YDELta? query returns the value difference between the current Y1 and Y2 cursor positions. Ydelta = (Value at Y2 cursor) - (Value at Y1 cursor) If the front-panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode, the marker position values NOTE are not defined.
  • Page 440 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YUNits (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits <units> <units> ::= {BASE | PERCent} The :MARKer:YUNits command sets the Y cursors units: • BASE — for making measurements in the units associated with the cursors source. • PERCent — for making ratio measurements. Use the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command to set the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent.
  • Page 441 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YUNits:USE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits:USE When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:YUNits, the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command sets the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent. Once the 0 and 100 percent locations are set, inputs to and outputs from the :MARKer:Y1Position, :MARKer:Y2Position, and :MARKer:YDELta commands/queries are relative to the set locations.
  • Page 442 :MARKer Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 443 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 22 :MEASure Commands Select automatic measurements to be made and control time markers. See "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 458. Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ALL (see page 460) :MEASure:AREa...
  • Page 444 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:BWIDth :MEASure:BWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 463) page 463) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 445 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DELay :MEASure:DELay? <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source1>] [<source1>] FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | [,<source2>] (see [,<source2>] (see WMEMory<r>} page 470) page 470) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 446 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:VPP :MEASure:DUAL:VPP? <source1>,<source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe page 476) page 476) >] (see >] (see connected <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 447 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FALLtime :MEASure:FALLtime? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 479) page 479) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 448 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NDUTy :MEASure:NDUTy? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 481) page 481) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 449 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NWIDth :MEASure:NWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 484) page 484) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 450 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PERiod :MEASure:PERiod? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 488) page 488) WMEMory<r>} for DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>...
  • Page 451 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PREShoot :MEASure:PREShoot? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 491) page 491) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 452 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:SDEViation :MEASure:SDEViation? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 497) page 497) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 453 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:STATistics:M :MEASure:STATistics:M <setting> ::= {INFinite | page 504) COunt <setting> (see COunt? (see <count>} page 504) <count> ::= 2 to 2000 in NR1 format :MEASure:STATistics:R page 505) ESet (see :MEASure:STATistics:R...
  • Page 454 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TVALue? <value> ::= voltage level that <value>, the waveform must cross. [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= direction of the [,<source>] (see waveform when <value> is crossed. page 509) <occurrence>...
  • Page 455 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VAVerage :MEASure:VAVerage? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 512) page 512) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 456 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VMIN :MEASure:VMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 515) page 515) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 457 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VRMS :MEASure:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>][,<source>] [,<type>][,<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 518) page 518) (see (see FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 458 :MEASure Commands Table 100 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:XMAX :MEASure:XMAX? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 522) page 522) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 459 :MEASure Commands If a measurement cannot be made (typically because the proper portion of the waveform is not displayed), the value +9.9E+37 is returned for that measurement. Making Measurements If more than one waveform, edge, or pulse is displayed, time measurements are made on the portion of the displayed waveform closest to the trigger reference (left, center, or right).
  • Page 460 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:ALL (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:ALL This command installs a Snapshot All measurement on the screen. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 458 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 461 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:AREa (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:AREa [<interval>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 462 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:BRATe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:BRATe [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 463 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:BWIDth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:BWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:BWIDth command installs a burst width measurement on screen.
  • Page 464 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:CLEar (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:CLEar This command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 458 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 465 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:COUNter (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:COUNter [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :MEASure:COUNter command installs a screen measurement and starts a counter measurement.
  • Page 466 :MEASure Commands • ":MEASure:CLEar" on page 464 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 467 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DEFine (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:DEFine <meas_spec>[,<source>] <meas_spec> ::= {DELay | THResholds} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 468 :MEASure Commands <slope> ::= {+ | -} <occurrence> ::= integer This command defines the behavior of the :MEASure:DELay? query by specifying the start and stop edge to be used. <edge_spec1> specifies the slope and edge number on source1. <edge_spec2> specifies the slope and edge number on source2.
  • Page 469 :MEASure Commands Return Format for <meas_spec> = DELay: { <edge_spec1> | <edge_spec2> | <edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2>} <NL> for <meas_spec> = THResholds and <threshold mode> = PERCent: THR,PERC,<upper>,<middle>,<lower><NL> <upper>, <middle>, <lower> ::= A number specifying the upper, middle, and lower threshold percentage values between Vbase and Vtop in NR3 format.
  • Page 470 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DELay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:DELay [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r >} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 471 :MEASure Commands 90%, 50%, and 10% values between Vbase and Vtop. If you want to move the delay measurement point nearer to Vtop or Vbase, you must change the threshold values with the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= floating-point number delay time in seconds in NR3 format See Also •...
  • Page 472 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge (see page 1276) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 473 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlitude (see page 1276) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 474 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerage (see page 1276) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 475 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VBASe (see page 1276) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 476 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VPP (see page 1276) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 477 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS (see page 1276) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 478 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUTYcycle (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:DUTYcycle [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 479 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FALLtime (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:FALLtime [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FALLtime command installs a screen measurement and starts a fall-time measurement.
  • Page 480 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FREQuency (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:FREQuency [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 481 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NDUTy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:NDUTy [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 482 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NEDGes (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:NEDGes [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:NEDGes command installs a falling edge count measurement on screen.
  • Page 483 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NPULses (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:NPULses [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:NPULses command installs a falling pulse count measurement on screen.
  • Page 484 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NWIDth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:NWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 485 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:OVERshoot (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:OVERshoot [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:OVERshoot command installs a screen measurement and starts an overshoot measurement.
  • Page 486 :MEASure Commands • ":MEASure:VMAX" on page 514 • ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 520 • ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 513 • ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 515 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 487 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PEDGes (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:PEDGes [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PEDGes command installs a rising edge count measurement on screen.
  • Page 488 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PERiod (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:PERiod [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 489 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PHASe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:PHASe [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r >} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 490 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PPULses (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:PPULses [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PPULses command installs a rising pulse count measurement on screen.
  • Page 491 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PREShoot (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:PREShoot [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PREShoot command installs a screen measurement and starts a preshoot measurement.
  • Page 492 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PWIDth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:PWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 493 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:RESults (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MEASure:RESults? The :MEASure:RESults? query returns the results of the continuously displayed measurements. The response to the MEASure:RESults? query is a list of comma-separated values. If more than one measurement is running continuously, the :MEASure:RESults return values are duplicated for each continuous measurement from the first to last (top to bottom) result displayed.
  • Page 494 :MEASure Commands Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::130.29.70.228::inst0::INSTR") ' Initialize. myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface. myScope.WriteString "*RST" ' Reset to the defaults. myScope.WriteString "*CLS"...
  • Page 495 :MEASure Commands Dim ValueColumn As Variant For Each ResultType In ResultsTypeArray myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:STATistics " + ResultType ' Get the statistics results. Dim intCounter As Integer intCounter = 0 myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RESults?" ResultsList() = myScope.ReadList For Each Measurement In MeasurementArray If ResultType = "ON" Then ' All statistics.
  • Page 496 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:RISetime (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure: RISetime [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 497 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SDEViation (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:SDEViation [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 498 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SHOW (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:SHOW <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:SHOW command enables markers for tracking measurements on the display. Query Syntax :MEASure:SHOW? The :MEASure:SHOW? query returns the current state of the markers. This can return OFF when :MARKer:MODE selects a mode other than MEASurement.
  • Page 499 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:SOURce <source1>[,<source2>] <source1>,<source2> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion | MATH | WMEMory<r> | EXTernal} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 500 :MEASure Commands Example Code ' MEASURE - The commands in the MEASURE subsystem are used to make ' measurements on displayed waveforms. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:SOURCE CHANNEL1" ' Source to measure. myScope.WriteString ":MEASURE:FREQUENCY?" ' Query for frequency. varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Read frequency. MsgBox "Frequency:"...
  • Page 501 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics <type> <type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent | MINimum | MAXimum | MEAN | STDDev | COUNt} The :MEASure:STATistics command determines the type of information returned by the :MEASure:RESults? query. ON means all the statistics are on. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics? The :MEASure:STATistics? query returns the current statistics mode.
  • Page 502 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay command disables or enables the display of the measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay? The :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay? query returns the state of the measurement statistics display.
  • Page 503 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement This command updates the statistics once (incrementing the count by one) using the current measurement values. It corresponds to the front panel Increment Statistics softkey in the Measurement Statistics Menu. This command lets you, for example, gather statistics over multiple pulses captured in a single acquisition.
  • Page 504 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt <setting> <setting> ::= {INFinite | <count>} <count> ::= 2 to 2000 in NR1 format The :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt command specifies the maximum number of values used when calculating measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt? The :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt? query returns the current measurement statistics max count setting.
  • Page 505 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:RESet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RESet This command resets the measurement statistics, zeroing the counts. Note that the measurement (statistics) configuration is not deleted. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 458 • ":MEASure:STATistics" on page 501 •...
  • Page 506 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation command disables or enables relative standard deviations, that is, standard deviation/mean, in the measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation? The :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation? query returns the current relative standard deviation setting.
  • Page 507 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:TEDGe (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MEASure:TEDGe? <slope><occurrence>[,<source>] <slope> ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a space or plus sign (+). A falling edge is indicated by a minus sign (-). <occurrence> ::= the transition to be reported. If the occurrence number is one, the first crossing from the left screen edge is reported.
  • Page 508 :MEASure Commands This query is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform). NOTE Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= time in seconds of the specified transition in NR3 format :MEASure:TEDGe ' Make a delay measurement between channel 1 and 2. Code Dim dblChan1Edge1 As Double Dim dblChan2Edge1 As Double...
  • Page 509 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:TVALue (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MEASure:TVALue? <value>, [<slope>]<occurrence>[,<source>] <value> ::= the vertical value that the waveform must cross. value can be volts or a math function value such as dB, Vs, or V/s. <slope> ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a plus sign (+).
  • Page 510 :MEASure Commands <value> ::= time in seconds of the specified value crossing in NR3 format See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 458 • ":MEASure:TEDGe" on page 507 • ":MEASure:VTIMe" on page 519 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 511 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VAMPlitude (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAMPlitude [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VAMPlitude command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical amplitude measurement.
  • Page 512 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VAVerage (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAVerage [<interval>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 513 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VBASe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VBASe [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VBASe command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform base value measurement.
  • Page 514 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VMAX (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMAX [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 515 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VMIN (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMIN [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VMIN command installs a screen measurement and starts a minimum vertical value measurement.
  • Page 516 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VPP (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VPP [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VPP command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical peak-to-peak measurement.
  • Page 517 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VRATio (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VRATio [<interval>][,<source1>][,<source2>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 518 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VRMS (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VRMS [<interval>][,<type>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <type> ::= {AC | DC} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 519 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VTIMe (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MEASure:VTIMe? <vtime_argument>[,<source>] <vtime_argument> ::= time from trigger in seconds <source> ::= {<digital channels> | CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <digital channels> ::= DIGital<d> for the MSO models <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format <n>...
  • Page 520 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VTOP (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VTOP [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VTOP command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform top value measurement.
  • Page 521 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:WINDow (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:WINDow <type> <type> ::= {MAIN | ZOOM | AUTO | GATE} The :MEASure:WINDow command lets you choose whether measurements are made in the Main window portion of the display, the Zoom window portion of the display (when the zoomed time base is displayed), or gated by the X1 and X2 cursors.
  • Page 522 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:XMAX (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMAX [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 523 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:XMIN (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMIN [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 524 :MEASure Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 525 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 23 :MEASure Power Commands These :MEASure commands are available when the DSOX3PWR power measurements and analysis application is licensed and enabled. Table 101 :MEASure Power Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ANGLe :MEASure:ANGLe? <source1>, <source2>...
  • Page 526 :MEASure Power Commands Table 101 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:CRESt :MEASure:CRESt? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} page 532) page 532) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 527 :MEASure Power Commands Table 101 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PCURrent :MEASure:PCURrent? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 540) page 540) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 528 :MEASure Power Commands Table 101 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:REAL :MEASure:REAL? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} page 544) page 544) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 529 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ANGLe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:ANGLe [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ANGLe command installs a power phase angle measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.
  • Page 530 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:APParent (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:APParent [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:APParent command installs an apparent power measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.
  • Page 531 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:CPLoss (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:CPLoss [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:CPLoss command installs a power loss per cycle measurement on screen.
  • Page 532 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:CRESt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:CRESt [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:CRESt command installs a crest factor measurement on screen. The <source>...
  • Page 533 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:EFFiciency (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:EFFiciency The :MEASure:EFFiciency command installs an efficiency (output power / input power) measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...
  • Page 534 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ELOSs (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:ELOSs [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ELOSs command installs an energy loss measurement on screen.
  • Page 535 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:FACTor (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:FACTor [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FACTor command installs a power factor measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.
  • Page 536 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:IPOWer (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:IPOWer The :MEASure:IPOWer command installs an input power measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...
  • Page 537 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:OFFTime (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:OFFTime [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:OFFTime command installs an "off time" measurement on screen. Turn off time measures the difference of time between when the input AC Voltage last falls to 10% of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage last falls to 10% of its maximum amplitude.
  • Page 538 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ONTime (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:ONTime [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ONTime command installs an "on time" measurement on screen. Turn on time measures the difference of time between when the input AC Voltage first rises to 10% of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage rises to 90% of its maximum amplitude.
  • Page 539 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:OPOWer (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:OPOWer The :MEASure:OPOWer command installs an output power measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...
  • Page 540 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:PCURrent (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:PCURrent [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PCURrent command installs a peak current measurement on screen.
  • Page 541 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:PLOSs (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:PLOSs [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PLOSs command installs a power loss measurement on screen.
  • Page 542 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:RDSon (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:RDSon [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 543 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:REACtive (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:REACtive [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:REACtive command installs a reactive power measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.
  • Page 544 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:REAL (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:REAL [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:REAL command installs a real power measurement on screen. The <source>...
  • Page 545 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:RIPPle (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:RIPPle [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:RIPPle command installs an output ripple measurement on screen.
  • Page 546 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:TRESponse (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:TRESponse [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:TRESponse command installs a transient response time measurement on screen.
  • Page 547 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:VCESat (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MEASure:VCESat [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VCESat command installs a power Vce(sat) measurement on screen.
  • Page 548 :MEASure Power Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 549 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 24 :MTESt Commands The MTESt subsystem commands and queries control the mask test features. See "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 551. Table 102 :MTESt Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:ALL {{0 | OFF} :MTESt:ALL? (see {0 | 1}...
  • Page 550 :MTESt Commands Table 102 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:DELete (see page 565) :MTESt:ENABle {{0 | :MTESt:ENABle? (see {0 | 1} page 566) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 566) :MTESt:LOCK {{0 | :MTESt:LOCK? (see {0 | 1} page 567)
  • Page 551 :MTESt Commands Table 102 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 :MTESt:SCALe:Y1? (see <y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3 page 579) <y1_value> (see format page 579) :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 :MTESt:SCALe:Y2? (see <y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 page 580) <y2_value>...
  • Page 552 :MTESt Commands On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("USB0::0x0957::0x17A6::US50210029::0::INSTR") myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface. ' Make sure oscilloscope is running. myScope.WriteString ":RUN" ' Set mask test termination conditions.
  • Page 553 :MTESt Commands Dim lngElapsed As Long lngTimeout = 60000 ' 60 seconds. ' Wait until mask is created. lngElapsed = 0 Do While lngElapsed <= lngTimeout myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?" varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Operation Status Condition Register MTE bit (bit 9, &H200). If (varQueryResult And &H200) <>...
  • Page 554 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ALL (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:ALL <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ALL command specifies the channel(s) that are included in the mask test: • ON — All displayed analog channels are included in the mask test. •...
  • Page 555 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:CREate (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:CREate The :MTESt:AMASk:CREate command automatically constructs a mask around the current selected channel, using the tolerance parameters defined by the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta, :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta, and :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs commands. The mask only encompasses the portion of the waveform visible on the display, so you must ensure that the waveform is acquired and displayed consistently to obtain repeatable results.
  • Page 556 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce command selects the source for the interpretation of the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta parameters when :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is set to CURRent. When UNITs are CURRent, the XDELta and YDELta parameters are defined in terms of the channel units, as set by the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command, of the selected source.
  • Page 557 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {CURRent | DIVisions} The :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs command alters the way the mask test subsystem interprets the tolerance parameters for automasking as defined by :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta commands. • CURRent — the mask test subsystem uses the units as set by the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command, usually time for X and voltage for Δ...
  • Page 558 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta <value> <value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta command sets the tolerance in the X direction around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to horizontal values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.
  • Page 559 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta <value> <value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta command sets the vertical tolerance around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to vertical values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.
  • Page 560 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? [CHANnel<n>] <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? query returns the total number of failed waveforms in the current mask test run. This count is for all regions and all waveforms collected on the channel specified by the optional parameter or collected on the currently specified source channel (:MTESt:SOURce) if there is no parameter.
  • Page 561 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:RESet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:RESet The :MTESt:COUNt:RESet command resets the mask statistics. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 551 • ":MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms" on page 563 • ":MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms" on page 560 • ":MTESt:COUNt:TIME" on page 562 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 562 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:TIME (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? The :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? query returns the elapsed time in the current mask test run. Return Format <time><NL> <time> ::= elapsed seconds in NR3 format. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 551 •...
  • Page 563 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? query returns the total number of waveforms acquired in the current mask test run. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 551 •...
  • Page 564 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:DATA <mask> <mask> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format. The :MTESt:DATA command loads a mask from binary block data. Query Syntax :MTESt:DATA? The :MTESt:DATA? query returns a mask in binary block data format. The format for the data transmission is the # format defined in the IEEE 488.2 specification.
  • Page 565 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:DELete (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:DELete The :MTESt:DELete command clears the currently loaded mask. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 551 • ":MTESt:AMASk:CREate" on page 555 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 566 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ENABle (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:ENABle <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ENABle command enables or disables the mask test features. • ON — Enables the mask test features. • OFF — Disables the mask test features. Query Syntax :MTESt:ENABle? The :MTESt:ENABle? query returns the current state of mask test features.
  • Page 567 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:LOCK (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:LOCK <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:LOCK command enables or disables the mask lock feature: • ON — Locks a mask to the SOURce. As the vertical or horizontal scaling or position of the SOURce changes, the mask is redrawn accordingly.
  • Page 568 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe <rmode> <rmode> ::= {FORever | SIGMa | TIME | WAVeforms} The :MTESt:RMODe command specifies the termination conditions for the mask test: • FORever — the mask test runs until it is turned off. •...
  • Page 569 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure command sets measuring only mask failures on or off. When ON, measurements and measurement statistics run only on waveforms that contain a mask violation;...
  • Page 570 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt command sets printing on mask failures on or off. Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt ON automatically sets :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE NOTE OFF. Chapter 19, “:HARDcopy Commands,” starting on page 403 for more information on setting the hardcopy device and formatting options.
  • Page 571 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE command sets saving on mask failures on or off. Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE ON automatically sets :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt NOTE OFF. Chapter 28, “:SAVE Commands,” starting on page 667 for more information on save options.
  • Page 572 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP command sets stopping on a mask failure on or off. When this setting is ON and a mask violation is detected, the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped.
  • Page 573 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa <level> <level> ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to SIGMa, the :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa command sets the test sigma level to which a mask test runs. Test sigma is the best achievable process sigma, assuming no failures.
  • Page 574 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:TIME (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME <seconds> <seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to TIME, the :MTESt:RMODe:TIME command sets the number of seconds for a mask test to run. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? The :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? query returns the number of seconds currently set.
  • Page 575 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms <count> <count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format from 1 to 2,000,000,000 When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to WAVeforms, the :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms command sets the number of waveform acquisitions that are mask tested. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? query returns the number of waveforms...
  • Page 576 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:BIND (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:BIND <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:SCALe:BIND command enables or disables Bind 1 & 0 Levels (Bind -1 & 0 Levels for inverted masks) control: • ON — If the Bind 1 &...
  • Page 577 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:X1 (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:X1 <x1_value> <x1_value> ::= X1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:X1 command defines where X=0 in the base coordinate system used for mask testing. The other X-coordinate is defined by the :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command. Once the X1 and XDELta coordinates are set, all X values of vertices in the mask regions are defined with respect to this value, according to the equation: Δ...
  • Page 578 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta <xdelta_value> <xdelta_value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command defines the position of the X2 marker with respect to the X1 marker. In the mask test coordinate system, the X1 marker defines where X=0;...
  • Page 579 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 <y1_value> <y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 command defines where Y=0 in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries set by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1...
  • Page 580 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 <y2_value> <y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 command defines the Y2 marker in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries defined by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the following equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1...
  • Page 581 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :MTESt:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:SOURce command selects the channel which is configured by the commands contained in a mask file when it is loaded. Query Syntax :MTESt:SOURce? The :MTESt:SOURce? query returns the channel which is configured by the...
  • Page 582 :MTESt Commands :MTESt:TITLe (see page 1276) Query Syntax :MTESt:TITLe? The :MTESt:TITLe? query returns the mask title which is a string of up to 128 characters. The title is displayed in the mask test dialog box and mask test tab when a mask file is loaded. Return Format <title><NL>...
  • Page 583 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 25 :POD Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with groups of digital channels. See "Introduction to :POD<n> Commands" on page 583. Table 103 :POD<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :POD<n>:DISPlay {{0 | :POD<n>:DISPlay? (see {0 | 1} page...
  • Page 584 :POD Commands The following is a sample response from the :POD1? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST command. :POD1:DISP 0;THR +1.40E+00 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 585 :POD Commands :POD<n>:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POD<n>:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and defines the group of channels that are affected by the command. POD1 ::= D0-D7 POD2 ::= D8-D15 The :POD<n>:DISPlay command turns displaying of the specified group of...
  • Page 586 :POD Commands :POD<n>:SIZE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POD<n>:SIZE <value> <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and defines the group of channels that are affected by the command. POD1 ::= D0-D7 POD2 ::= D8-D15 <value>...
  • Page 587 :POD Commands :POD<n>:THReshold (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POD<n>:THReshold <type>[<suffix>] <n> ::= An integer, 1 or 2, is attached as a suffix to the command and defines the group of channels that are affected by the command. <type> ::= {CMOS | ECL | TTL | <user defined value>} <user defined value>...
  • Page 588 :POD Commands ' Set channels 0-7 to CMOS threshold. myScope.WriteString ":POD1:THRESHOLD CMOS" ' Set channels 8-15 to 2.0 volts. myScope.WriteString ":POD2:THRESHOLD 2.0" ' Set external channel to TTL threshold (short form). myScope.WriteString ":TRIG:LEV TTL,EXT" See complete example programs at: Chapter 42, “Programming Examples,”...
  • Page 589 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 26 :POWer Commands These :POWer commands are available when the DSOX3PWR power measurements and analysis application is licensed and enabled. Table 104 :POWer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:DESKew (see page 594) :POWer:EFFiciency:APP...
  • Page 590 :POWer Commands Table 104 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:HARMonics:RUNC <count> ::= integer in NR1 format page 604) ount? (see :POWer:HARMonics:STAN :POWer:HARMonics:STAN <class> ::= {A | B | C | D} page 605) dard <class> (see dard? (see page 605)
  • Page 591 :POWer Commands Table 104 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 :MINimum :MINimum? (see | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | page 620) <value>[suffix] (see 10000000} page 620) [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz}...
  • Page 592 :POWer Commands Table 104 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:DURati :POWer:SIGNals:DURati <value> ::= value in NR3 format on:TRANsient on:TRANsient? (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} page 632) <value>[suffix] (see page 632) :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPec :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPec <value>...
  • Page 593 :POWer Commands Table 104 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format :VOLTage<i> <source> :VOLTage<i>? (see <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 642) page 642) (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :POWer:SLEW:APPLy page...
  • Page 594 :POWer Commands :POWer:DESKew (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:DESKew The :POWer:DESKew command launches the auto deskew process on the oscilloscope. Before sending this command: Demagnetize and zero-adjust the current probe. Refer to the current probe's documentation for instructions on how to do this. Make connections to the U1880A deskew fixture as described in the oscilloscope's connection dialog or in the DSOX4PWR Power Measurement Application User's Guide.
  • Page 595 :POWer Commands :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy The :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy command applies the efficiency power analysis. Efficiency analysis tests the overall efficiency of the power supply by measuring the output power over the input power. Efficiency analysis requires a 4-channel oscilloscope because input voltage, input current, NOTE output voltage, and output current are measured.
  • Page 596 :POWer Commands :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {DCDC | DCAC | ACDC | ACAC} The :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE command specifies the type of power that is being converted from the input to the output. This selection affects how the efficiency is measured.
  • Page 597 :POWer Commands :POWer:ENABle (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:ENABle command enables or disables power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:ENABle? The :POWer:ENABle query returns a 1 or a 0 showing whether power analysis is enabled or disabled, respectively.
  • Page 598 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy The :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy command applies the current harmonics analysis. Switching power supplies draw a range of harmonics from the AC mains. Standard limits are set for these harmonics because these harmonics can travel back to the supply grid and cause problems with other devices on the grid.
  • Page 599 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:DATA (see page 1276) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DATA? The :POWer:HARMonics:DATA query returns the power harmonics results table data. Return Format <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 598 • ":POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay"...
  • Page 600 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {TABLe | BAR | OFF} The :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay command specifies how to display the current harmonics analysis results: • TABLe • BAR — Bar chart. • OFF — Harmonics measurement results are not displayed. Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay? The :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay query returns the display setting.
  • Page 601 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount (see page 1276) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount? Returns the current harmonics analysis' fail count. Non Spec values (that is, harmonics values not specified by the selected standard) are not counted. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format See Also •...
  • Page 602 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:LINE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:LINE <frequency> <frequency> ::= {F50 | F60 | F400} The :POWer:HARMonics:LINE command specifies the line frequency setting for the current harmonics analysis: • F50 — 50 Hz. • F60 — 60 Hz. •...
  • Page 603 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor (see page 1276) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor? The :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor query returns the power factor for IEC 61000-3-2 Standard Class C power factor value. Return Format <value> ::= Class C power factor in NR3 format See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 598 •...
  • Page 604 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount (see page 1276) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount? Returns the current harmonics analysis' run iteration count. Non Spec values (that is, harmonics values not specified by the selected standard) are not counted. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format See Also •...
  • Page 605 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard <class> <class> ::= {A | B | C | D} The :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard command selects the standard to perform current harmonics compliance testing on. • A — IEC 61000-3-2 Class A — for balanced three-phase equipment, household appliances (except equipment identified as Class D), tools excluding portable tools, dimmers for incandescent lamps, and audio equipment.
  • Page 606 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:STATus (see page 1276) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:STATus? The :POWer:HARMonics:STATus query returns the overall pass/fail status of the current harmonics analysis. Return Format <status> ::= {PASS | FAIL | UNTested} See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount" on page 604 • ":POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount" on page 601 •...
  • Page 607 :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:THD (see page 1276) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:THD? The :POWer:HARMonics:THD query returns the Total Harmonics Distortion (THD) results of the current harmonics analysis. Return Format <value> ::= Total Harmonics Distortion in NR3 format See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 598 •...
  • Page 608 :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:APPLy The :POWer:INRush:APPLy command applies the inrush current analysis. The Inrush current analysis measures the peak inrush current of the power supply when the power supply is first turned on. See Also •...
  • Page 609 :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:EXIT (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:EXIT The :POWer:INRush:EXIT command exits (stops) the inrush current power analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also • ":POWer:INRush:APPLy" on page 608 •...
  • Page 610 :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:NEXT (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:NEXT The :POWer:INRush:NEXT command goes to the next step of the inrush current analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...
  • Page 611 :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:APPLy The :POWer:MODulation:APPLy command applies the selected modulation analysis type (:POWer:MODulation:TYPE). The Modulation analysis measures the control pulse signal to a switching device (MOSFET) and observes the trending of the pulse width, duty cycle, period, frequency, etc.
  • Page 612 :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {V | I} The :POWer:MODulation:SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the modulation analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:MODulation:SOURce? The :POWer:MODulation:SOURce query returns the selected source for the modulation analysis.
  • Page 613 :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:TYPE <modulation> <modulation> ::= {VAVerage | ACRMs | VRATio | PERiod | FREQuency | PWIDith | NWIDth | DUTYcycle | RISetime | FALLtime} The :POWer:MODulation:TYPE command selects the type of measurement to make in the modulation analysis: •...
  • Page 614 :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy The :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy command applies the selected turn on/off analysis test (:POWer:ONOFf:TEST). See Also • ":POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF" on page 638 • ":POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON" on page 639 • ":MEASure:ONTime" on page 538 • ":MEASure:OFFTime" on page 537 •...
  • Page 615 :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT The :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT command exits (stops) the turn on time/turn off time analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also •...
  • Page 616 :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT The :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT command goes to the next step of the turn on/turn off analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...
  • Page 617 :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:TEST (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:TEST {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:ONOFf:TEST command selects whether turn on or turn off analysis is performed: • ON — Turn On — measures the time taken to get the output voltage of the power supply after the input voltage is applied.
  • Page 618 :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:APPLy The :POWer:PSRR:APPLy command applies the power supply rejection ratio (PSRR) analysis. The Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) test is used to determine how well a voltage regulator rejects ripple noise over different frequency range. This analysis provides a signal from the oscilloscope's waveform generator that sweeps its frequency.
  • Page 619 :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum command sets the end sweep frequency value.
  • Page 620 :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum command sets the start sweep frequency value.
  • Page 621 :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:RMAXimum (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:RMAXimum <value> <value> ::= Maximum ratio value in NR1 format The :POWer:PSRR:RMAXimum command specifies the vertical scale of the PSRR math waveform. Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:RMAXimum? The :POWer:PSRR:RMAXimum query returns the currently specified maximum ratio setting.
  • Page 622 :POWer Commands :POWer:QUALity:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:QUALity:APPLy The :POWer:QUALity:APPLy command applies the selected power quality analysis type (:POWer:QUALity:TYPE). The power quality analysis shows the quality of the AC input line. Some AC current may flow back into and back out of the load without delivering energy.
  • Page 623 :POWer Commands :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy The :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy command applies the output ripple analysis. See Also • ":MEASure:RIPPle" on page 545 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 624 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup <analysis> <analysis> ::= {HARMonics | EFFiciency | RIPPle | MODulation | QUALity | SLEW | SWITch | RDSVce} The :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup command performs automated oscilloscope setup for the signals in the specified type of power analysis. See Also •...
  • Page 625 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100. The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics command specifies the number of cycles to include in the current harmonics analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics? The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics query returns the number of cycles currently set.
  • Page 626 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100. The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity command specifies the number of cycles to include in the power quality analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity? The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity query returns the number of cycles currently set.
  • Page 627 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency command specifies the duration of the efficiency analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency query returns the set duration time value.
  • Page 628 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation command specifies the duration of the modulation analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation query returns the set duration time value.
  • Page 629 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the duration of the turn off analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF query returns the set duration time value.
  • Page 630 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON command specifies the duration of the turn on analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON query returns the set duration time value.
  • Page 631 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle command specifies the duration of the output ripple analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle query returns the set duration time value. Return Format <value><NL>...
  • Page 632 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient command specifies the duration of the transient response analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient query returns the set duration time value.
  • Page 633 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected command specifies the expected inrush current amplitude. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing current.
  • Page 634 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot <percent> <percent> ::= percent of overshoot value in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot command specifies the percent of overshoot of the output voltage. This value is used to determine the settling band value for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope.
  • Page 635 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for inrush current analysis.
  • Page 636 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for turn off analysis.
  • Page 637 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for turn on analysis.
  • Page 638 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for turn off analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF? The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF query returns the expected steady state...
  • Page 639 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for turn on analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON? The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON query returns the expected steady state...
  • Page 640 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for transient response analysis. This value is used along with the overshoot percentage to specify the settling band for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope.
  • Page 641 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> <source> <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> command specifies the first, and perhaps second, current source channel to be used in the power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i>? The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i>...
  • Page 642 :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> <source> <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> command specifies the first, and perhaps second, voltage source channel to be used in the power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>? The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...
  • Page 643 :POWer Commands :POWer:SLEW:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SLEW:APPLy The :POWer:SLEW:APPLy command applies the slew rate analysis. See Also • ":POWer:SLEW:SOURce" on page 644 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 644 :POWer Commands :POWer:SLEW:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SLEW:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {V | I} The :POWer:SLEW:SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the slew rate analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SLEW:SOURce? The :POWer:SLEW:SOURce query returns the selected source for the slew rate analysis.
  • Page 645 :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:APPLy The :POWer:SWITch:APPLy command applies the switching loss analysis using the conduction calculation method, V reference, and I reference settings. See Also • ":POWer:SWITch:CONDuction" on page 646 • ":POWer:SWITch:IREFerence" on page 647 •...
  • Page 646 :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction <conduction> <conduction> ::= {WAVeform | RDS | VCE} The :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction command specifies the conduction calculation method: • WAVeform — The Power waveform uses the original voltage waveform data, and the calculation is: P = V x I •...
  • Page 647 :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence <percent> <percent> ::= percent in NR1 format The :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence command to specify the current switching level for the start of switching edges. The value is in percentage of the maximum switch current.
  • Page 648 :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:RDS (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:RDS <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Rds(on) value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {OHM | mOHM} The :POWer:SWITch:RDS command specifies the Rds(on) value when the RDS conduction calculation method is chosen (by :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction). Query Syntax :POWer:SWITch:RDS? The :POWer:SWITch:RDS query returns the Rds(on) value.
  • Page 649 :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:VCE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VCE <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Vce(sat) value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SWITch:VCE command specifies the Vce(sat) value when the VCE conduction calculation method is chosen (by :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction). Query Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VCE? The :POWer:SWITch:VCE query returns the Vce(sat) value.
  • Page 650 :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence <percent> <percent> ::= percent in NR1 format The :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence command to specify the voltage switching level for the switching edges. The value is in percentage of the maximum switch voltage. You can adjust this value to ignore noise floors. This value specifies the threshold that is used to determine the switching edges.
  • Page 651 :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy The :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy command applies the transient analysis using the initial current and new current settings. See Also • ":POWer:TRANsient:EXIT" on page 652 • ":POWer:TRANsient:IINitial" on page 653 • ":POWer:TRANsient:INEW" on page 654 •...
  • Page 652 :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT The :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT command exits (stops) the transient analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also • ":POWer:TRANsient:APPLy" on page 651 •...
  • Page 653 :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Initial current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial command to specify the initial load current value. The initial load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope. Query Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial? The :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial query returns the initial load current value.
  • Page 654 :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:INEW (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:INEW <value>[suffix] <value> ::= New current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:TRANsient:INEW command to specify the new load current value. The new load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope. Query Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:INEW? The :POWer:TRANsient:INEW query returns the new load current value.
  • Page 655 :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT (see page 1276) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT The :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT command goes to the next step of the transient analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...
  • Page 656 :POWer Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 657 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 27 :RECall Commands Recall previously saved oscilloscope setups, reference waveforms, and masks. Table 105 :RECall Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:ARBitrary:[ST <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> ARt] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <column>][, <column> ::= Column in CSV file <wavegen_id>] (see to load.
  • Page 658 :RECall Commands Table 105 :RECall Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:SETup[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 664) <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:S <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in TARt] [<file_name>] NR1 format page...
  • Page 659 :RECall Commands :RECall:ARBitrary[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :RECall:ARBitrary:[STARt] [<file_spec>][, <column>][, <wavegen_id>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <column> ::= Column in CSV file to load. Column number starts from 1. <wavegen_id> ::= WGEN1 - specifies which wavegen <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name>...
  • Page 660 :RECall Commands :RECall:DBC[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :RECall:DBC[:STARt] [<file_name>] [, <serialbus>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <serialbus> ::= {SBUS<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of serial bus) in NR1 format The :RECall:DBC[:STARt] command loads a CAN DBC (communication database) symbolic data file into the oscilloscope.
  • Page 661 :RECall Commands :RECall:FILename (see page 1276) Command Syntax :RECall:FILename <base_name> <base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:FILename command specifies the source for any RECall operations. This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. NOTE Query Syntax :RECall:FILename? The :RECall:FILename? query returns the current RECall filename.
  • Page 662 :RECall Commands :RECall:MASK[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :RECall:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:MASK[:STARt] command recalls a mask. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 663 :RECall Commands :RECall:PWD (see page 1276) Command Syntax :RECall:PWD <path_name> <path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:PWD command sets the present working directory for recall operations. Presently, the internal "/User Files" directory you see in the oscilloscope's front panel user NOTE interface is the "\Agilent Flash"...
  • Page 664 :RECall Commands :RECall:SETup[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :RECall:SETup[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:SETup[:STARt] command recalls an oscilloscope setup. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 665 :RECall Commands :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] [<file_name>] <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] command recalls a reference waveform. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 666 :RECall Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 667 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 28 :SAVE Commands Save oscilloscope setups, screen images, and data. See "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 669. Table 106 :SAVE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STAR <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> t] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <wavegen_id>] (see...
  • Page 668 :SAVE Commands Table 106 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 679) <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII [<file_name>] (see string page...
  • Page 669 :SAVE Commands Table 106 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII ] [<file_name>] (see string page 690) :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat <format> ::= {ASCiixy | CSV | page 691) <format> (see ? (see BINary | NONE} page 691) :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth...
  • Page 670 :SAVE Commands The following is a sample response from the :SAVE? query. In this case, the query was issued following the *RST command. :SAVE:FIL "";:SAVE:IMAG:AREA GRAT;FACT 0;FORM TIFF;INKS 0;PAL MON;:SAVE:PWD "C:/setups/";:SAVE:WAV:FORM NONE;LENG 1000;SEGM CURR Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 671 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:ARBitrary[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STARt] [<file_spec>][, <wavegen_id>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <wavegen_id> ::= WGEN1 The :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STARt] command saves the current arbitrary waveform to an internal location or a file on a USB storage device.
  • Page 672 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:FILename (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:FILename <base_name> <base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:FILename command specifies the source for any SAVE operations. This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. NOTE Query Syntax :SAVE:FILename? The :SAVE:FILename? query returns the current SAVE filename.
  • Page 673 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] command saves an image. Be sure to set the :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat before saving an image. If the format is NONE, the NOTE save image command will not succeed. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, and it does not match the NOTE extension expected by the format specified in :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat, the format will be...
  • Page 674 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors <factors> <factors> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors command controls whether the oscilloscope factors are output along with the image. Factors are written to a separate file with the same path and base name but with the ".txt" NOTE extension.
  • Page 675 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {{BMP | BMP24bit} | BMP8bit | PNG} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat command sets the image format type. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? query returns the selected image format type. Return Format <format><NL>...
  • Page 676 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not.
  • Page 677 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette <palette> <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette command sets the image palette color. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? query returns the selected image palette color. Return Format <palette><NL> <palette> ::= {COL | GRAY} See Also •...
  • Page 678 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] command saves the Lister display data to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".csv". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 679 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] command saves a mask. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 680 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] command saves multi-channel waveform data to a file. This file can be opened by the N8900A Infiniium Offline oscilloscope analysis software. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 681 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] command saves the power measurement application's current harmonics analysis results to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".csv". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 682 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:PWD (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:PWD <path_name> <path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:PWD command sets the present working directory for save operations. Presently, the internal "/User Files" directory you see in the oscilloscope's front panel user NOTE interface is the "\Agilent Flash"...
  • Page 683 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command saves analysis results to a comma-separated values (*.csv) file on a USB storage device. Use the :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands to specify the analysis types whose results are saved to the file.
  • Page 684 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor command specifies whether cursor values will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.
  • Page 685 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK command specifies whether mask statistics will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.
  • Page 686 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement command specifies whether measurement results will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.
  • Page 687 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch command specifies whether found search event times will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.
  • Page 688 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented command specifies whether segmented memory acquisition times will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.
  • Page 689 :SAVE Commands :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] command saves an oscilloscope setup. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 690 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a file. Be sure to set the :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat before saving waveform data. If the format is NOTE NONE, the save waveform command will not succeed.
  • Page 691 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {ASCiixy | CSV | BINary} The :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat command sets the waveform data format type: • ASCiixy — creates comma-separated value files for each analog channel that is displayed (turned on). The proper file extension for this format is ".csv". •...
  • Page 692 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth <length> <length> ::= 100 to max. length; an integer in NR1 format When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command sets the waveform data length (that is, the number of points saved). When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is ON, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth setting has no effect.
  • Page 693 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX command specifies whether maximum number of waveform data points is saved. When OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command specifies the number of waveform data points saved.
  • Page 694 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented <option> <option> ::= {ALL | CURRent} When segmented memory is used for acquisitions, the :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented command specifies which segments are included when the waveform is saved: • ALL — all acquired segments are saved. •...
  • Page 695 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce command selects the source to be saved as a reference waveform file.
  • Page 696 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a reference waveform file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". NOTE See Also •...
  • Page 697 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 29 :SBUS<n> Commands Control the modes and parameters for each serial bus decode/trigger type. See: • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 697 • "General :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 699 • ":SBUS<n>:A429 Commands" on page 702 •...
  • Page 698 :SBUS<n> Commands • IIC (Inter-IC bus) triggering— consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial data (SDA) line and the serial clock (SCL) line, then triggering on a stop/start condition, a restart, a missing acknowledge, or on a read/write frame with a specific device address and data value.
  • Page 699 :SBUS<n> Commands General :SBUS<n> Commands Table 107 General :SBUS<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:DISPlay {{0 :SBUS<n>:DISPlay? {0 | 1} page 700) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 700) (see :SBUS<n>:MODE <mode> :SBUS<n>:MODE? (see <mode> ::= {A429 | CAN | FLEXray page 701) page...
  • Page 700 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS<n>:DISPlay command turns displaying of the serial decode bus on or off. This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed. NOTE Two I2S buses or two SPI buses cannot be decoded on both SBUS1 and SBUS2 at the same NOTE...
  • Page 701 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {A429 | FLEXray | CAN | I2S | IIC | LIN | M1553 | SENT | SPI | UART} The :SBUS<n>:MODE command determines the decode mode for the serial bus. This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed.
  • Page 702 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands These commands are valid when the DSOX4AERO MIL-STD-1553 and ARINC 429 triggering NOTE and serial decode option (Option AERO) has been licensed. Table 108 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:AUToset page 704) up (see :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE?
  • Page 703 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 108 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= :PATTern:DATA :PATTern:DATA? (see {0 | 1 | X}, length depends on page 714) <string> (see FORMat page 714) :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <string>...
  • Page 704 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup command automatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on ARINC 429 signals: • High Trigger Threshold: 3.0 V. • Low Trigger Threshold: -3.0 V. • Noise Reject: Off. •...
  • Page 705 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE command selects between hexadecimal and binary display of the decoded data. The BASE command has no effect on the SDI and SSM fields, which are always displayed in binary, nor the Label field, which is always displayed in octal.
  • Page 706 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the error count. Return Format <error_count><NL> <error_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet" on page 707 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD" on page 708 •...
  • Page 707 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet Resets the word and error counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD" on page 708 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor" on page 706 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 697 •...
  • Page 708 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD? Returns the word count. Return Format <word_count><NL> <word_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet" on page 707 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor" on page 706 •...
  • Page 709 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {LDSDi | LDSSm | LDATa} The :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat command specifies the word decode format: • LDSDi: • Label - 8 bits. • SDI - 2 bits. • Data - 19 bits. •...
  • Page 710 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal <signal> <signal> ::= {A | B | DIFFerential} The :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal command specifies the signal type: • A — Line A (non-inverted). • B — Line B (inverted). • DIFFerential — Differential (A-B). Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal? query returns the current ARINC 429 signal type...
  • Page 711 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce command sets the source of the ARINC 429 signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce? query returns the currently set source of the ARINC 429 signal.
  • Page 712 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed <speed> <speed> ::= {LOW | HIGH} The :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed command specifies the signal speed: • LOW — 12.5 kb/s. • HIGH — 100 kb/s. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed? query returns the current ARINC 429 signal speed setting.
  • Page 713 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:LABel (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:LABel <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 or "0xXX" (don't care) <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal> ::= #Qnnn where n ::= {0,..,7} <string>...
  • Page 714 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length depends on FORMat The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the ARINC 429 data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the data pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.
  • Page 715 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length always 2 bits The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SDI pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SDI pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.
  • Page 716 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length always 2 bits The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SSM pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SSM pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.
  • Page 717 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:RANGe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:RANGe <min>,<max> <min> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <max> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal>...
  • Page 718 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE <condition> <condition> ::= {WSTArt | WSTOp | LABel | LBITs | PERRor | WERRor | GERRor | WGERrors | ALLerrors | LRANge | ABITs | AOBits | AZBits} The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger command sets the ARINC 429 trigger on condition: •...
  • Page 719 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands These commands are valid when the automotive CAN and LIN serial decode option (Option NOTE AMS) has been licensed. Table 109 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ER <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 722) Ror? (see...
  • Page 720 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 109 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 734) <source> (see (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 734) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d> |} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 721 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 109 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <name> ::= quoted ASCII string SYMBolic:MESSage SYMBolic:MESSage? page 745) page 745) <name> (see (see :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <name> ::= quoted ASCII string SYMBolic:SIGNal SYMBolic:SIGNal? (see page 746) page...
  • Page 722 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the error frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 724 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 697 •...
  • Page 723 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload? Returns the overload frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= 0 in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 724 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 697 •...
  • Page 724 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet Resets the frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor" on page 722 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload" on page 723 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal" on page 726 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization" on page 727 •...
  • Page 725 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC? Returns the Spec error (Ack + Form + Stuff + CRC errors) count. Return Format <spec_error_count><NL> <spec_error_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also •...
  • Page 726 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal? Returns the total frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 724 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 697 •...
  • Page 727 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization? Returns the percent utilization. Return Format <percent><NL> <percent> ::= floating-point in NR3 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 724 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 697 •...
  • Page 728 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay <type> <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay command specifies, when CAN symbolic data is loaded into the oscilloscope, whether symbolic values (from the DBC file) or hexadecimal values are displayed in the decode waveform and the Lister window. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay? query returns the CAN decode display type.
  • Page 729 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint <value> <value> ::= even numbered percentages from 30 to 90 in NR3 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive. The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time.
  • Page 730 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint <value> <value><NL> <value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive.
  • Page 731 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 4000000 in 100 b/s increments, or 5000000 The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the CAN signal from 10 kb/s to 4 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.
  • Page 732 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition <value> <value> ::= {CANH | CANL | RX | TX | DIFFerential | DIFL | DIFH} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition command sets the CAN signal type when :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger is set to SOF (start of frame). These signals can be set to: Dominant high signals: •...
  • Page 733 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 10000000 in 100 b/s increments. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate command sets the CAN FD baud rate from 10 kb/s to 10 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.
  • Page 734 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce command sets the source for the CAN signal.
  • Page 735 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {SOF | EOF | IDData | DATA | FDData | IDRemote | IDEither | ERRor | ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | SPECerror | ALLerrors | BRSBit | CRCDbit | EBActive | EBPassive | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal | FDMSignal} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger command sets the CAN trigger on condition: Cond ition...
  • Page 736 :SBUS<n> Commands Cond ition Front-panel name Description Fil ter by SPECerror Spec Error (Ack or Form Triggers on Ack, Form, Stuff, or CRC errors. or Stuff or CRC) ALLerrors All Errors Triggers on all Spec errors and error frames. BRSBit BRS Bit (FD) Triggers on the BRS bit of CAN FD frames.
  • Page 737 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID" on page 743 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE" on page 744 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter" on page 738 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 732 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce" on page 734 • ":RECall:DBC[:STARt]" on page 660 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage" on page 745 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal" on page 746 •...
  • Page 738 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter command specifies, in certain error and bit trigger modes, whether triggers are filtered by CAN IDs. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter? query returns the CAN trigger ID filter setting.
  • Page 739 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the CAN data pattern resource according to the string parameter.
  • Page 740 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC <dlc> <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 64, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC command specifies the DLC value to be used in the CAN FD data trigger mode. A specific valid FD value can be specified, or -1 can be specified to indicate "don't care".
  • Page 741 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the CAN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits).
  • Page 742 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt <start> <start> ::= integer between 0 and 63, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt command specifies the starting byte position for CAN FD data triggers. CAN FD frames can have up to 64 bytes of data. You can trigger on up to 8 bytes of data.
  • Page 743 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command defines the CAN identifier pattern resource according to the string parameter.
  • Page 744 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE <value> <value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE command sets the CAN identifier mode. STANdard selects the standard 11-bit identifier. EXTended selects the extended 29-bit identifier. The CAN identifier is set by the :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command.
  • Page 745 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage command specifies the message to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MESSage or MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage? query returns the specified...
  • Page 746 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal command specifies the signal to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? query returns the specified signal.
  • Page 747 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue <data> <data> ::= value in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue command specifies the signal value to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal. Encoded signal values are not supported in the remote interface (even though they can be NOTE used in the front panel graphical interface).
  • Page 748 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands These commands are only valid when the FLEXray triggering and serial decode option (Option NOTE FLEX) has been licensed. Table 110 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTo page 750) setup (see :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD <baudrate>...
  • Page 749 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 110 :SBUS<n>:FLEXray Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <event> ::= {WAKeup | TSS | {FES ger:EVENt:TYPE ger:EVENt:TYPE? (see | DTS} | BSS} page 762) page 762) <event> (see :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIG <cycle_count_base> ::= integer ger:FRAMe:CCBase ger:FRAMe:CCBase? from 0-63...
  • Page 750 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:AUTosetup command automatically configures oscilloscope settings to facilitate FlexRay triggering and serial decode. • Sets the selected source channel's impedance to 50 Ohms. • Sets the selected source channel's probe attenuation to 10:1. •...
  • Page 751 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= {2500000 | 5000000 | 10000000} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate as 2.5 Mb/s, 5 Mb/s, or 10 Mb/s. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUDrate? query returns the current baud rate setting. Return Format <baudrate><NL>...
  • Page 752 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel <channel> <channel> ::= {A | B} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel command specifies the bus channel, A or B, of the FlexRay signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:CHANnel? query returns the current bus channel setting. Return Format <channel><NL>...
  • Page 753 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL? Returns the FlexRay null frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet" on page 754 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal"...
  • Page 754 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet Resets the FlexRay frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:NULL" on page 753 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal" on page 756 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC" on page 755 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...
  • Page 755 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:SYNC? Returns the FlexRay sync frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet" on page 754 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal"...
  • Page 756 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal? Returns the FlexRay total frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:RESet" on page 754 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:COUNt:TOTal"...
  • Page 757 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= {1 | 2 | 3 | 4} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce command specifies the input source for the FlexRay signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce? query returns the current source for the FlexRay signal.
  • Page 758 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {FRAMe | ERRor | EVENt} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:TRIGger command sets the FLEXray trigger on condition: • FRAMe — triggers on specified frames (without errors). • ERRor — triggers on selected active error frames and unknown bus conditions. •...
  • Page 759 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:ERRor:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:ERRor:TYPE <error_type> <error_type> ::= {ALL | HCRC | FCRC} Selects the FlexRay error type to trigger on. The error type setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to ERRor. •...
  • Page 760 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:AUToset command automatically configures oscilloscope settings (as shown on the display) for the selected event trigger. See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1007 • ":SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE" on page 762 •...
  • Page 761 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID <frame_id> <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 The :SBUS<N>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:BSS:ID command sets the frame ID used by the Byte Start Sequence (BSS) event trigger. This setting is only valid if the trigger mode is EVENt and the EVENt:TYPE is BSS.
  • Page 762 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:EVENt:TYPE <event> <event> ::= {WAKeup | TSS | {FES | DTS} | BSS} Selects the FlexRay event to trigger on. The event setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to EVENt. •...
  • Page 763 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase <cycle_count_base> <cycle_count_base> ::= integer from 0-63 The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase command sets the base of the FlexRay cycle count (in the frame header) to trigger on. The cycle count base setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase? The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCBase? query returns the current cycle...
  • Page 764 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition <cycle_count_repetition> <cycle_count_repetition> ::= {ALL | <rep #>} <rep #> ::= integer values 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, or 64 The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:CCRepetition command sets the repetition number of the FlexRay cycle count (in the frame header) to trigger on. The cycle count repetition setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME.
  • Page 765 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID <frame_id> <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:ID command sets the FlexRay frame ID to trigger on. The frame ID setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAMe.
  • Page 766 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE <frame_type> <frame_type> ::= {NORMal | STARtup | NULL | SYNC | NSTArtup | NNULl | NSYNc | ALL} The :SBUS<n>:FLEXray:TRIGger:FRAMe:TYPE command sets the FlexRay frame type to trigger on. The frame type setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME.
  • Page 767 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands These commands are only valid when the I2S serial decode option (Option SND) has been NOTE licensed. Table 111 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnmen <setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ} page 769) t <setting>...
  • Page 768 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 111 :SBUS<n>:I2S Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger? <operator> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal page 776) <operator> (see (see | LESSthan | GREaterthan | page 776) INRange | OUTRange | INCReasing | DECReasing} :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger: <audio_ch>...
  • Page 769 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment <setting> <setting> ::= {I2S | LJ | RJ} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:ALIGnment command selects the data alignment of the I2S bus for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode: • I2S — standard. •...
  • Page 770 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE <base> <base> ::= {DECimal | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE command determines the base to use for the I2S decode display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:BASE? query returns the current I2S display decode base. Return Format <base><NL>...
  • Page 771 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe command specifies which edge of the I2S serial clock signal clocks in data. • NEGative — Falling edge. • POSitive — Rising edge. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:CLOCk:SLOPe? query returns the current I2S clock slope...
  • Page 772 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth <receiver> <receiver> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth command sets the width of the receiver (decoded) data word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth? query returns the currently set I2S receiver data word width.
  • Page 773 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:CLOCk controls which signal is used as the serial clock (SCLK) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode.
  • Page 774 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:DATA command controls which signal is used as the serial data (SDATA) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode.
  • Page 775 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:SOURce:WSELect command controls which signal is used as the word select (WS) source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in I2S mode.
  • Page 776 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger <operator> <operator> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan | INRange | OUTRange | INCReasing | DECReasing} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger command sets the I2S trigger operator: • EQUal— triggers on the specified audio channel's data word when it equals the specified word.
  • Page 777 :SBUS<n> Commands Return Format <operator><NL> <operator> ::= {EQU | NOT | LESS | GRE | INR | OUTR | INCR | DECR} See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1007 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio" on page 778 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe" on page 782 •...
  • Page 778 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio <audio_ch> <audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT | EITHer} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio command specifies the audio channel to trigger • RIGHt — right channel. • LEFT— left channel. • EITHer — right or left channel. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:AUDio? query returns the current audio channel for the...
  • Page 779 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal when <base> = DECimal <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> = BINary <string>...
  • Page 780 :SBUS<n> Commands Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA? query returns the currently specified I2S trigger data pattern. Return Format <string><NL> See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1007 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 781 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger" on page 776 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:RWIDth"...
  • Page 781 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query) number base used by the :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command. The default <base> is DECimal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number base for I2S pattern data.
  • Page 782 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TRIGger:RANGe <lower>,<upper> <lower> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal> or <string> <upper> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal>...
  • Page 783 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth" on page 784 • ":SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow" on page 785 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 784 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth <word_size> <word_size> ::= 4-32 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth command sets the width of the transmitted data word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth? The :SBUS<n>:I2S:TWIDth? query returns the currently set I2S transmitted data word width.
  • Page 785 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow <low_def> <low_def> ::= {LEFT | RIGHt} The :SBUS<n>:I2S:WSLow command selects the polarity of the word select (WS) signal: • LEFT— a word select (WS) state of low indicates left channel data is active on the I2S bus, and a WS state of high indicates right channel data is active on the bus.
  • Page 786 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands These commands are only valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode option (Option NOTE LSS) has been licensed. Table 112 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} page 787) page...
  • Page 787 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe <size> <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe command determines whether the Read/Write bit is included as the LSB in the display of the IIC address field of the decode bus. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? query returns the current IIC address width setting.
  • Page 788 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]CLOCk <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]CLOCk command sets the source for the IIC serial clock (SCL).
  • Page 789 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]DATA <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:IIC:[SOURce:]DATA command sets the source for IIC serial data (SDA).
  • Page 790 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess command sets the address for IIC data.The address can range from 0x00 to 0x7F (7-bit) or 0x3FF (10-bit) hexadecimal.
  • Page 791 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets IIC data. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.
  • Page 792 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 command sets IIC data 2. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.
  • Page 793 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier command sets the IIC data qualifier when TRIGger:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] is set to READEprom. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? query returns the current IIC data qualifier value.
  • Page 794 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] <value> <value> ::= {STARt | STOP | READ7 | READEprom | WRITe7 | WRITe10 | NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 | W7Data2 | RESTart} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] command sets the IIC trigger type: •...
  • Page 795 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2" on page 792 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier" on page 793 • "Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules" on page 1278 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 796 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands These commands are valid when the automotive CAN and LIN serial decode option (Option NOTE AMS) has been licensed. Table 113 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity? {0 | 1} page 798) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see...
  • Page 797 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 113 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: <string> ::= "n" where n ::= PATTern:DATA <string> PATTern:DATA? (see 32-bit integer in unsigned page 806) page 806) (see decimal when <base> = DECimal <string>...
  • Page 798 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity command determines whether the parity bits are included as the most significant bits (MSB) in the display of the Frame Id field in the LIN decode bus.
  • Page 799 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint <value> <value><NL> <value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive.
  • Page 800 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b/s increments The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the LIN signal from 2400 b/s to 625 kb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.
  • Page 801 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce command sets the source for the LIN signal.
  • Page 802 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard <std> <std> ::= {LIN13 | LIN20} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard command sets the LIN standard in effect for triggering and decoding to be LIN1.3 or LIN2.0. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard? query returns the current LIN standard setting. Return Format <std><NL>...
  • Page 803 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak <value> <value> ::= integer = {11 | 12 | 13} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak command sets the length of the LIN sync break to be greater than or equal to 11, 12, or 13 clock lengths. The sync break is the idle period in the bus activity at the beginning of each packet that distinguishes one information packet from the previous one.
  • Page 804 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {SYNCbreak | ID | DATA | PARityerror | CSUMerror} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger command sets the LIN trigger condition to be: • SYNCbreak — Sync Break. • ID — Frame ID. Use the :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID command to specify the frame ID.
  • Page 805 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID <value> <value> ::= 7-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...
  • Page 806 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal when <base> = DECimal <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> = BINary <string>...
  • Page 807 :SBUS<n> Commands See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1007 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 809 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger" on page 804 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 808 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 808 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the LIN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits).
  • Page 809 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query) number base used by the :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command. The default <base> is BINary. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number base for LIN pattern data.
  • Page 810 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands These commands are valid when the DSOX4AERO MIL-STD-1553 and ARINC 429 triggering NOTE and serial decode option (Option AERO) has been licensed. Table 114 :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTose page 811) tup (see :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE?
  • Page 811 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTosetup (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTosetup command automatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on MIL-STD-1553 signals: • High/Low Trigger Thresholds: to a voltage value equal to ±1/3 division based on the source channel's current V/div setting. •...
  • Page 812 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE command determines the base to use for the MIL-STD-1553 decode display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? query returns the current MIL-STD-1553 display decode base. Return Format <base><NL>...
  • Page 813 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce command sets the source of the MIL-STD 1553 signal. Use the :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH and :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW commands to set the thresold levels for the selected source.
  • Page 814 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets the 11 bits to trigger on if the trigger type has been set to RTA11 (RTA + 11 Bits) using the :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command.
  • Page 815 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA <value> <value> ::= 5-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-31 <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA command sets the Remote Terminal Address (RTA) to trigger on when the trigger type has been set to RTA or RTA11 (using the :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command).
  • Page 816 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {DSTArt | DSTOp | CSTArt | CSTOp | RTA | PERRor | SERRor | MERRor | RTA11} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command specifies the type of MIL-STD-1553 trigger to be used: •...
  • Page 817 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands These commands are valid when the automotive SENT serial decode and triggering option has NOTE been licensed. Table 115 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? <period> ::= the nominal clock page 820) <period>...
  • Page 818 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 115 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. s>:ORDer <order> (see s>:ORDer? (see <order> ::= {MSNFirst | LSNFirst} page 834) page 834) :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. s>:STARt <position>...
  • Page 819 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 115 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <length> ::= {SHORt | LONG} :SLOW:ILENgth :SLOW:ILENgth? (see page 848) <length> (see page 848) :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <percent> ::= from 1-18, in NR1 :TOLerance <percent> :TOLerance? (see format.
  • Page 820 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk <period> <period> ::= the nominal clock period (tick), from 1 us to 300 us, in NR 3 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk command specifies the nominal clock period (tick), from 1 μs to 300 μs. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? query returns the clock period setting.
  • Page 821 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC <format> <format> ::= {LEGacy | RECommended} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC command specifies the format of the CRC. Either Legacy (2008) or Recommended (2010). Enhanced Serial Message CRCs are always calculated using the 2010 format, but for the Fast Channel Messages, and for Short Serial Message CRCs, this setting is used.
  • Page 822 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay <base> <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay command specifies the number base used by the decoder. The chosen base is used for the data nibbles in Raw decode format, the defined Signals in the other formats, and for the data field of the Serial Messages.
  • Page 823 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 844 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID" on page 846 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 848 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 849 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 824 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat <decode> <decode> ::= {NIBBles | FSIGnal | FSSerial | FESerial | SSERial | ESERia The :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat command specifies the message decode/triggering format: • NIBBles — displays the raw transmitted nibble values. •...
  • Page 825 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse" on page 828 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay" on page 829 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth" on page 830 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 832 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 833 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 834 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 836 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 838 •...
  • Page 826 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE <state> <state> ::= {LOW | HIGH} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE command specifies the idle state of the SENT bus. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE? query returns the idle state setting. Return Format <state><NL> <state>...
  • Page 827 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth <#_nibbles> <#_nibbles> ::= from 1-6, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth command specifies the number of nibbles in a SENT message, from 1 to 6. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth? query returns the number of nibbles setting. Return Format <#_nibbles><NL>...
  • Page 828 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse command specifies whether the SENT messages are followed by a pause pulse. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse? query returns the pause pulse setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...
  • Page 829 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay command specifies whether the given signal is on or off. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay? query returns the signal on/off setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...
  • Page 830 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth <length> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <length> ::= from 1-24, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth command specifies the bit length of the signal being defined. Fast Signal definition examples: Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth? query returns the signal bit length setting.
  • Page 831 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 833 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 834 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 836 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 838 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 840 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 841 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 843 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 844 •...
  • Page 832 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier <multiplier> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <multiplier> ::= from 1-24, in NR3 format. When the display mode setting is SYMBolic (see :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier command specifies the multiplier to be used in calculating a physical value displayed for a Fast Channel Signal.
  • Page 833 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet <offset> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <offset> ::= from 1-24, in NR3 format. When the display mode setting is SYMBolic (see :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet command is used in calculating a physical value displayed for the Fast Channel Signal: •...
  • Page 834 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer <order> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <order> ::= {MSNFirst | LSNFirst} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer command specifies the nibble order of the signal being defined, either Most Significant Nibble first, or Least Significant Nibble first.
  • Page 835 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 832 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 833 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 836 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 838 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 840 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 841 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 843 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 844 •...
  • Page 836 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt <position> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <position> ::= from 0-23, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt command specifies the starting bit of the Fast Signal being defined. Fast Signal definition examples: Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt? query returns the Fast Signal starting bit...
  • Page 837 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 832 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 833 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 834 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 838 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 840 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 841 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 843 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 844 •...
  • Page 838 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce command specifies the input channel for SENT decode and triggering.
  • Page 839 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 849 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 840 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 3-30, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance for determing whether the sync pulse is valid. Valid values range from 3% to 30%. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance? query returns the tolerance setting.
  • Page 841 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <mode> <mode> ::= {SFCMessage | SSCMessage | FCData | SCMid | SCData | TOLerror | FCCerror | SCCerror | CRCerror | PPERror | SSPerror} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger command specifies the SENT trigger mode: •...
  • Page 842 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth" on page 827 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse" on page 828 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay" on page 829 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth" on page 830 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 832 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 833 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 834 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 836 •...
  • Page 843 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nnnn..." where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xn..." where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA command specifies the status and data nibbles that will be triggered on when the FCData trigger mode is chosen.
  • Page 844 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA <data> <data> ::= when ILENgth = SHORt, from -1 (don't care) to 65535, in NR1 f ormat. <data> ::= when ILENgth = LONG, from -1 (don't care) to 4095, in NR1 for mat.
  • Page 845 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 848 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 849 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 846 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID <id> <id> ::= when ILENgth = SHORt, from -1 (don't care) to 15, in NR1 format <id> ::= when ILENgth = LONG, from -1 (don't care) to 255, in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID command specifies the ID to trigger on for the "Slow Channel Message ID"...
  • Page 847 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 848 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 849 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 848 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth <length> <length> ::= {SHORt | LONG} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth command specifies the ID and data lengths for the Slow Message Enhanced messages. Either "SHORt" for the 4-bit ID, 16-bit data format, or "LONG" for the 8-bit ID, 12-bit data format. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth? query returns the ID and data...
  • Page 849 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 1-18, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance variation that is considered a violation. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance? query returns tolerance variation percent setting. Return Format <percent><NL>...
  • Page 850 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands These commands are only valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode option (Option NOTE LSS) has been licensed. Table 116 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder <order> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} page 852) page...
  • Page 851 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 116 :SBUS<n>:SPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:M <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 859) OSI <source> (see OSI? (see EXTernal} for the DSO models page 859) <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n>...
  • Page 852 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder <order> <order> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder command selects the bit order, most significant bit first (MSB) or least significant bit first (LSB), used when displaying data in the serial decode waveform and in the Lister. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder? The :SBUS<n>:SPI:BITorder? query returns the current SPI decode bit order.
  • Page 853 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe command specifies the rising edge (POSitive) or falling edge (NEGative) of the SPI clock source that will clock in the data. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe? The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:SLOPe? query returns the current SPI clock source slope.
  • Page 854 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout <time_value> <time_value> ::= time in seconds in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout command sets the SPI signal clock timeout resource in seconds from 100 ns to 10 s when the :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing command is set to TIMeout. The timer is used to frame a signal by a clock timeout. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout? The :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout? query returns current SPI clock timeout...
  • Page 855 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing <value> <value> ::= {CHIPselect | {NCHipselect | NOTC} | TIMeout} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing command sets the SPI trigger framing value. If TIMeout is selected, the timeout value is set by the :SBUS<n>:SPI:CLOCk:TIMeout command.
  • Page 856 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:CLOCk command sets the source for the SPI serial clock.
  • Page 857 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:FRAMe command sets the frame source when :SBUS<n>:SPI:FRAMing is set to CHIPselect or NOTChipselect.
  • Page 858 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MISO command sets the source for the SPI serial MISO data.
  • Page 859 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:SOURce:MOSI command sets the source for the SPI serial MOSI data.
  • Page 860 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA command defines the SPI data pattern resource according to the string parameter.
  • Page 861 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh command sets the width of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits. The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:WIDTh should be set before NOTE :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MISO:DATA.
  • Page 862 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA command defines the SPI data pattern resource according to the string parameter.
  • Page 863 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh command sets the width of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits. The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh should be set before NOTE :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA.
  • Page 864 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE <value> <value> ::= {MOSI | MISO} The :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:TYPE command specifies whether the SPI trigger will be on the MOSI data or the MISO data. When triggering on MOSI data, the data value is specified by the :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:DATA and :SBUS<n>:SPI:TRIGger:PATTern:MOSI:WIDTh commands.
  • Page 865 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh <word_width> <word_width> ::= integer 4-16 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh command determines the number of bits in a word of data for SPI. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh? The :SBUS<n>:SPI:WIDTh? query returns the current SPI decode word width. Return Format <word_width><NL>...
  • Page 866 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART Commands These commands are only valid when the UART/RS-232 triggering and serial decode option NOTE (Option 232) has been licensed. Table 117 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? <base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX} page 869) page...
  • Page 867 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 117 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 879) RX <source> (see RX? (see EXTernal} for DSO models page 879) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for MSO models <n>...
  • Page 868 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 117 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger <value> ::= {RSTArt | RSTOp | page 886) :TYPE <value> (see :TYPE? (see RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | page 886) PARityerror | TSTArt | TSTOp | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX} :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh?
  • Page 869 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE <base> <base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE command determines the base to use for the UART decode and Lister display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? query returns the current UART decode and Lister base setting.
  • Page 870 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 100 to 8000000 The :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate command selects the bit rate (in bps) for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. The baud rate can be set from 100 b/s to 8 Mb/s.
  • Page 871 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder <bitorder> <bitorder> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} The :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder command specifies the order of transmission used by the physical Tx and Rx input signals for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. LSBFirst sets the least significant bit of each message "byte" as transmitted first.
  • Page 872 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the UART error frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 873 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...
  • Page 873 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet Resets the UART frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor" on page 872 • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames" on page 874 • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames" on page 875 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...
  • Page 874 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames? Returns the UART Rx frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 873 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...
  • Page 875 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames? Returns the UART Tx frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1235 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 873 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...
  • Page 876 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing <value> <value> ::= {OFF | <decimal> | <nondecimal>} <decimal> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary The :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing command determines the byte value to use for framing (end of packet) or to turn off framing for UART decode.
  • Page 877 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity <parity> <parity> ::= {EVEN | ODD | NONE} The :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity command selects the parity to be used with each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity? The :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity? query returns the current UART parity setting.
  • Page 878 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity <polarity> <polarity> ::= {HIGH | LOW} The :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity command selects the polarity as idle low or idle high for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity? The :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity? query returns the current UART polarity setting.
  • Page 879 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX command controls which signal is used as the Rx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode.
  • Page 880 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} for the DSO models <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | DIGital<d>} for the MSO models <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <d> ::= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX command controls which signal is used as the Tx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode.
  • Page 881 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE <base> <base> ::= {ASCii | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE command sets the front panel UART/RS232 trigger setup data selection option: • ASCii — front panel data selection is from ASCII values. • HEX — front panel data selection is from hexadecimal values. The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE setting does not affect the :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA command which can always set data values using ASCII or hexadecimal values.
  • Page 882 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt <value> <value> ::= {OFF | 1 to 4096 in NR1 format} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt command selects the burst value (Nth frame after idle period) in the range 1 to 4096 or OFF, for the trigger when in UART mode.
  • Page 883 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format <hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <quoted_string>...
  • Page 884 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE <time_value> <time_value> ::= time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE command selects the value of the idle period for burst trigger in the range from 1 us to 10 s when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE? The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE? query returns the current UART trigger idle...
  • Page 885 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | GREaterthan | LESSthan} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier command selects the data qualifier when :TYPE is set to RDATa, RD1, RD0, RDX, TDATa, TD1, TD0, or TDX for the trigger when in UART mode.
  • Page 886 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE <value> <value> ::= {RSTArt | RSTOp | RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | PARityerror | TSTArt | TSTOp | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE command selects the UART trigger type. When one of the RD or TD types is selected, the :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA and :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier commands are used to specify the data value and comparison operator.
  • Page 887 :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= {5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh command determines the number of bits (5-9) for each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh? The :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh? query returns the current UART width setting.
  • Page 888 :SBUS<n> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 889 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 30 :SEARch Commands Control the event search modes and parameters for each search type. See: • "General :SEARch Commands" on page 890 • ":SEARch:EDGE Commands" on page 895 • ":SEARch:GLITch Commands" on page 898 (Pulse Width search) •...
  • Page 890 :SEARch Commands General :SEARch Commands Table 118 General :SEARch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:COUNt? (see <count> ::= an integer count page 891) value :SEARch:EVENt :SEARch:EVENt? (see <event_number> ::= the integer page 892) <event_number> (see number of a found search event page 892) :SEARch:MODE <value>...
  • Page 891 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:COUNt (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SEARch:COUNt? The :SEARch:COUNt? query returns the number of search events found. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= an integer count value See Also • Chapter 30, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 889 • ":SEARch:EVENt"...
  • Page 892 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EVENt (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:EVENt <event_number> <event_number> ::= the integer number of a found search event The :SEARch:EVENt command navigates to a found search event. If the :SEARch:STATe is ON, the horizontal position is changed so that the specified event is located at the time reference.
  • Page 893 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:MODE <value> <value> ::= {EDGE | GLITch | RUNT | TRANsition | SERial{1 | 2} | PEAK} The :SEARch:MODE command selects the search mode. The command is only valid when the :SEARch:STATe is ON. Query Syntax :SEARch:MODE? The :SEARch:MODE? query returns the currently selected mode or OFF if the...
  • Page 894 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:STATe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:STATe <value> <value> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SEARch:STATe command enables or disables the search feature. Query Syntax :SEARch:STATe? The :SEARch:STATe? query returns returns the current setting. Return Format <value><NL>...
  • Page 895 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EDGE Commands Table 119 :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? <slope> ::= {POSitive | NEGative page 896) page 896) <slope> (see (see | EITHer} :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 897) <source> (see (see <n>...
  • Page 896 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive | EITHer} The :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe command specifies the slope of the edge for the search. Query Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? The :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? query returns the current slope setting. Return Format <slope><NL>...
  • Page 897 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for edges. Query Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? The :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? query returns the current source. Return Format <source><NL>...
  • Page 898 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch Commands Table 120 :SEARch:GLITch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:GLITch:GREate :SEARch:GLITch:GREate <greater_than_time> ::= page 899) rthan rthan? (see floating-point number in NR3 <greater_than_time>[s format page 899) uffix] (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | :SEARch:GLITch:LESSth :SEARch:GLITch:LESSth <less_than_time>...
  • Page 899 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan <greater_than_time>[<suffix>] <greater_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan command sets the minimum pulse width duration for the selected :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce. Query Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan? The :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan? query returns the minimum pulse width...
  • Page 900 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan <less_than_time>[<suffix>] <less_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan command sets the maximum pulse width duration for the selected :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce. Query Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan? The :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan? query returns the pulse width duration time for...
  • Page 901 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity <polarity> <polarity> ::= {POSitive | NEGative} The :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity command sets the polarity for the glitch (pulse width) search. Query Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity? The :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity? query returns the current polarity setting for the glitch (pulse width) search.
  • Page 902 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier <operator> <operator> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan | RANGe} This command sets the mode of operation of the glitch (pulse width) search. The oscilloscope can search for a pulse width that is greater than a time value, less than a time value, or within a range of time values.
  • Page 903 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:RANGe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:RANGe <less_than_time>[suffix], <greater_than_time>[suffix] <less_than_time> ::= (15 ns - 10 seconds) in NR3 format <greater_than_time> ::= (10 ns - 9.99 seconds) in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :SEARch:GLITch:RANGe command sets the pulse width duration for the selected :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce.
  • Page 904 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for glitches (pulse widths). Query Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce? The :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce? query returns the current pulse width source.
  • Page 905 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK Commands Table 121 :SEARch:PEAK Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio <delta_level> ::= required page 906) n <delta_level> (see n? (see change in level to be recognized page 906) as a peak, in NR3 format. :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? <number>...
  • Page 906 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursion (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursion <delta_level> <delta_level> ::= required change in level to be recognized as a peak, in NR3 format. The :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursion command specifies the change in level that must occur (in other words, hysteresis) to be recognized as a peak. The threshold level units are specified by the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe command.
  • Page 907 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks <number> <number> ::= max number of peaks to find, 1-10 in NR1 format. The :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks command specifies the maximum number of FFT peaks to find. This number can be from 1 to 10. Query Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? The :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? query returns the specified maximum number of FFT...
  • Page 908 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} (must be FFT) <m> ::= 1 to 4 in NR1 format The :SEARch:PEAK:SOURce command selects the FFT math function waveform to search. Query Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:SOURce? The :SEARch:PEAK:SOURce? query returns the FFT math function waveform that is being searched.
  • Page 909 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK:THReshold (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:THReshold <level> <level> ::= necessary level to be considered a peak, in NR3 format. The :SEARch:PEAK:THReshold command specifies the threshold level necessary to be considered a peak. The threshold level units are specified by the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe command.
  • Page 910 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT Commands Table 122 :SEARch:RUNT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity <polarity> ::= {POSitive | page 911) <polarity> (see ? (see NEGative | EITHer} page 911) :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifie :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifie <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | page 912) r <qualifier>...
  • Page 911 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity <slope> <polarity> ::= {POSitive | NEGative | EITHer} The :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity command sets the polarity for the runt search. Query Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity? The :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity? query returns the currently set runt polarity. Return Format <slope><NL>...
  • Page 912 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier <qualifier> <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan | NONE} The :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier command specifies whether to search for a runt that is greater than a time value, less than a time value, or any time value. Query Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier? The :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier? query returns the current runt search qualifier.
  • Page 913 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for the runt pulse. Query Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce? The :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce? query returns the current runt search source.
  • Page 914 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT:TIME (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:TIME <time>[suffix] <time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} When searching for runt pulses whose widths are greater than or less than a time (see :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier), the :SEARch:RUNT:TIME command specifies the time value.
  • Page 915 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Table 123 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:TRANsition:QU :SEARch:TRANsition:QU <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | ALifier <qualifier> ALifier? (see LESSthan} page 916) page 916) (see :SEARch:TRANsition:SL :SEARch:TRANsition:SL <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} page 917) OPe <slope>...
  • Page 916 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier <qualifier> <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan} The :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier command specifies whether to search for edge transitions greater than or less than a time. Query Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier? The :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier? query returns the current transition search qualifier.
  • Page 917 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe command selects whether to search for rising edge (POSitive slope) transitions or falling edge (NEGative slope) transitions. Query Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe? The :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe? query returns the current transition search slope setting.
  • Page 918 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for edge transitions. Query Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce? The :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce? query returns the current transition search source.
  • Page 919 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME <time>[suffix] <time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME command sets the time of the transition to search for. You can search for transitions greater than or less than this time. Query Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME? The :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME? query returns the current transition time value.
  • Page 920 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429 Commands Table 124 :SEARch:SERial:A429 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:A429:L :SEARch:SERial:A429:L <value> ::= 8-bit integer in page 921) ABel <value> (see ABel? (see decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or page 921) <string> from 0-255 <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal>...
  • Page 921 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:LABel (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:LABel <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal> ::= #Qnnn where n ::= {0,..,7} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SEARch:SERial:A429:LABel command defines the ARINC 429 label value when labels are used in the selected search mode.
  • Page 922 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:MODE <condition> <condition> ::= {LABel | LBITs | PERRor | WERRor | GERRor | WGERrors | ALLerrors} The :SEARch:SERial:A429:MODE command selects the type of ARINC 429 information to find in the Lister display: •...
  • Page 923 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1}, length depends on FORMat The :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:DATA command defines the ARINC 429 data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the data pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.
  • Page 924 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SDI (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SDI <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1}, length always 2 bits The :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SDI command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SDI pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SDI pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.
  • Page 925 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SSM (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SSM <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1}, length always 2 bits The :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SSM command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SSM pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SSM pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.
  • Page 926 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Table 125 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO <value> ::= {IDData | DATA | page 927) DE <value> (see DE? (see IDRemote | IDEither | ERRor | page 927) ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | ALLerrors | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal} :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA...
  • Page 927 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE <value> <value> ::= {IDData | DATA | IDRemote | IDEither | ERRor | ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | ALLerrors | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal} The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE command selects the type of CAN information to find in the Lister display: Cond ition Front-panel name...
  • Page 928 :SEARch Commands • ":RECall:DBC[:STARt]" on page 660 • ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage" on page 933 • ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal" on page 934 • ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:VALue" on page 935 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 929 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} for hexadecimal The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA command specifies the data value when searching for Data Frame ID and Data. The length of the data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command.
  • Page 930 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command specifies the length of the data value when searching for Data Frame ID and Data. The data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA command.
  • Page 931 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID <string> <string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} for hexadecimal The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID command specifies the ID value when searching for a CAN event. The value can be a standard ID or an extended ID, depending on the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE command's setting.
  • Page 932 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE <value> <value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended} The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE command specifies whether a standard ID value or an extended ID value is used when searching for a CAN event. The ID value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID command. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE? The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE? query returns the current setting.
  • Page 933 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage command specifies the message to search for when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MESSage or MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage? The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage? query returns the specified...
  • Page 934 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal command specifies the signal to search for when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal? The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal? query returns the specified signal.
  • Page 935 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:VALue (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:VALue <data> <data> ::= value in NR3 format The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:VALue command specifies the signal value to search for when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MSIGnal. Encoded signal values are not supported in the remote interface (even though they can be NOTE used in the front panel graphical interface).
  • Page 936 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray Commands Table 126 :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra <cycle> ::= {ALL | <cycle #>} y:CYCLe <cycle> (see y:CYCLe? (see <cycle #> ::= integer from 0-63 page 937) page 937) :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra :SEARch:SERial:FLEXra <string>...
  • Page 937 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:CYCLe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:CYCLe <cycle> <cycle> ::= {ALL | <cycle #>} <cycle #> ::= integer from 0-63 The :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:CYCLe command specifies the cycle value to find when searching for FlexRay frames. A cycle value of -1 is the same as ALL. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:CYCLe? The :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:CYCLe? query returns the current cycle value setting.
  • Page 938 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA <string> <string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X } The :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA command specifies the data value to find when searching for FlexRay frames. The length of the data value is specified by the :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA:LENGth command.
  • Page 939 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA:LENGth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 12 in NR1 format The :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA:LENGth command specifies the length of data values when searching for FlexRay frames. The data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA command. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA:LENGth? The :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:DATA:LENGth? query returns the current data length...
  • Page 940 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:FRAMe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:FRAMe <frame_id> <frame_id> ::= {ALL | <frame #>} <frame #> ::= integer from 1-2047 The :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:FRAMe command specifies the frame ID value to find when searching for FlexRay frames. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:FRAMe? The :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:FRAMe? query returns the current frame ID setting.
  • Page 941 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:MODE <value> <value> := {FRAMe | CYCLe | DATA | HERRor | FERRor | AERRor} The :SEARch:SERial:FLEXray:MODE command selects the type of FlexRay information to find in the Lister display: • FRAMe — searches for FlexRay frames with the specified frame ID. •...
  • Page 942 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands Table 127 :SEARch:SERial:I2S Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AU :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AU <audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT | page 943) Dio <audio_ch> (see Dio? (see EITHer} page 943) :SEARch:SERial:I2S:MO :SEARch:SERial:I2S:MO <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | page 944) DE <value>...
  • Page 943 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio <audio_ch> <audio_ch> ::= {RIGHt | LEFT | EITHer} The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio command specifies the channel on which to search for I2S events: right, left, or either channel. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio? The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:AUDio? query returns the current channel setting. Return Format <audio_ch><NL>...
  • Page 944 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan | INRange | OUTRange} The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:MODE command selects the type of I2S information to find in the Lister display: • EQUal— searches for the specified audio channel's data word when it equals the specified word.
  • Page 945 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal when <base> = DECimal <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} when <base> = BINary <string>...
  • Page 946 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat command specifies the number base used with the :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:DATA command. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat? The :SEARch:SERial:I2S:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the current number base setting.
  • Page 947 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:I2S:RANGe <lower>, <upper> <lower> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> <upper> ::= 32-bit integer in signed decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn...n where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal>...
  • Page 948 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Table 128 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO <value> ::= { READ7 | WRITE7 | page 949) DE <value> (see DE? (see NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 | page 949) W7Data2 | RESTart | READEprom} :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA <value>...
  • Page 949 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE <value> <value> ::= {READ7 | WRITE7 | NACKnowledge | ANACk | R7Data2 | W7Data2 | RESTart | READEprom} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE command selects the type of IIC information to find in the Lister display: •...
  • Page 950 :SEARch Commands • ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2" on page 953 • ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier" on page 954 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 951 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess command specifies address values when searching for IIC events. To set don't care values, use the integer -1. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess? The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess? query returns the current address...
  • Page 952 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA command specifies data values when searching for IIC events. To set don't care values, use the integer -1. When searching for IIC EEPROM data read events, you specify the data value qualifier using the :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier command.
  • Page 953 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 command specifies the second data value when searching for IIC events with two data values. To set don't care values, use the integer -1.
  • Page 954 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier command specifies the data value qualifier used when searching for IIC EEPROM data read events. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier? The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier? query returns the current data value qualifier setting.
  • Page 955 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Table 129 :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID <value> ::= 7-bit integer in page 956) page 956) <value> (see ? (see decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f (with Option AMS) <nondecimal>...
  • Page 956 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID <value> <value> ::= 7-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f (with Option AMS) <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...
  • Page 957 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE <value> <value> ::= {ID | DATA | ERRor} The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:MODE command selects the type of LIN information to find in the Lister display: • ID — searches for a frame ID. •...
  • Page 958 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA <string> When :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat DECimal, <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal When :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat HEX, <string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X } The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA command specifies the data value when searching for LIN events.
  • Page 959 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command specifies the the length of the data value when searching for LIN events. The data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA command. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth? The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth? query returns the current data...
  • Page 960 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat <base> <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal} The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat command specifies the number base used with the :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:DATA command. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat? The :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the current number base setting. Return Format <base><NL>...
  • Page 961 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:M1553 Commands Table 130 :SEARch:SERial:M1553 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:M1553: :SEARch:SERial:M1553: <value> ::= {DSTArt | CSTArt | page 962) MODE <value> (see MODE? (see RTA | RTA11 | PERRor | SERRor | page 962) MERRor} :SEARch:SERial:M1553: :SEARch:SERial:M1553:...
  • Page 962 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:M1553:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:M1553:MODE <value> <value> ::= {DSTArt | CSTArt | RTA | RTA11 | PERRor | SERRor | MERRor} The :SEARch:SERial:M1553:MODE command selects the type of MIL-STD-1553 information to find in the Lister display: •...
  • Page 963 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:M1553:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:M1553:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1} The :SEARch:SERial:M1553:PATTern:DATA command specifies the additional 11 bits when searching for the MIL-STD-1553 Remote Terminal Address + 11 Bits. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:M1553:PATTern:DATA? The :SEARch:SERial:M1553:PATTern:DATA? query returns the current value setting for the additional 11 bits.
  • Page 964 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:M1553:RTA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:M1553:RTA <value> <value> ::= 5-bit integer in decimal, <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <string> from 0-31 <hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} <binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...
  • Page 965 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:SENT Commands Table 131 :SEARch:SERial:SENT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:SENT:F :SEARch:SERial:SENT:F <string> ::= "0xn..." where n ::= AST:DATA <string> AST:DATA? (see {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} page 966) page 966) (see :SEARch:SERial:SENT:M :SEARch:SERial:SENT:M <mode>...
  • Page 966 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:SENT:FAST:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SENT:FAST:DATA <string> <string> ::= "0xn..." where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SEARch:SERial:SENT:FAST:DATA command specifies the status and data nibbles that will be searched for when the FCData search mode is chosen. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SENT:FAST:DATA? The :SEARch:SERial:SENT:FAST:DATA? query returns the fast channel data search...
  • Page 967 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:SENT:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SENT:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {FCData | SCMid | SCData | CRCerror | PPERror} When SENT serial decode is turned on and displayed in the Lister, the :SEARch:SERial:SENT:MODE command specifies what to search for in the decoded data: •...
  • Page 968 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:DATA <data> <data> ::= from -1 (don't care) to 65535, in NR1 format. The :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:DATA command specifies the data to search for in the Slow Channel Message ID and Data search mode. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:DATA? The :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:DATA? query returns the slow channel data...
  • Page 969 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:ID (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:ID <id> <id> ::= from -1 (don't care) to 255, in NR1 format. The :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:ID command specifies the ID to seach for in the "Slow Channel Message ID" and "Slow Channel Message ID & Data" trigger modes.
  • Page 970 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands Table 132 :SEARch:SERial:SPI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MO :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MO <value> ::= {MOSI | MISO} page 971) DE <value> (see DE? (see page 971) :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PA <string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n TTern:DATA <string> TTern:DATA? (see ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} page...
  • Page 971 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE <value> <value> ::= {MOSI | MISO} The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE command specifies whether the SPI search will be on the MOSI data or the MISO data. Data values are specified using the :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA command. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE? The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:MODE? query returns the current SPI search mode...
  • Page 972 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA command specifies the data value when searching for SPI events. The width of the data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh command.
  • Page 973 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= integer from 1 to 10 The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh command specifies the width of the data value (in bytes) when searching for SPI events. The data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:DATA command. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh? The :SEARch:SERial:SPI:PATTern:WIDTh? query returns the current data width...
  • Page 974 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:UART Commands Table 133 :SEARch:SERial:UART Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:UART:D :SEARch:SERial:UART:D <value> ::= 8-bit integer from page 975) ATA <value> (see ATA? (see 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, page 975) <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format <hexadecimal>...
  • Page 975 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format <hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9| A,..,F} for hexadecimal <binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <quoted_string>...
  • Page 976 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE <value> <value> ::= {RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX | PARityerror | AERRor} The :SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE command selects the type of UART/RS232 information to find in the Lister display: •...
  • Page 977 :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | GREaterthan | LESSthan} The :SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier command specifies the data value qualifier when searching for UART/RS232 events. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier? The :SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier? query returns the current data value qualifier setting.
  • Page 978 :SEARch Commands Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 979 :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANu :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANu <manufacturer_string> ::= quoted facturer] facturer]? (see ASCII string, up to 63 characters page 985) <manufacturer_string> page 985) (see :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANu Sets manufacturer string to facturer]:DEFault "KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES" page 986) (see page 987) :SYSTem:PRESet (see See :SYSTem:PRESet (see page 987)
  • Page 980 :SYSTem Commands Table 134 :SYSTem Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SYSTem:PROTection:LO :SYSTem:PROTection:LO <value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | page 990) CK <value> (see CK? (see OFF}} page 990) :SYSTem:SETup :SYSTem:SETup? (see <setup_data> ::= data in IEEE page 991) <setup_data>...
  • Page 981 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:DATE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SYSTem:DATE <date> <date> ::= <year>,<month>,<day> <year> ::= 4-digit year in NR1 format <month> ::= {1,..,12 | JANuary | FEBruary | MARch | APRil | MAY | JUNe | JULy | AUGust | SEPtember | OCTober | NOVember | DECember} <day>...
  • Page 982 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:DSP (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SYSTem:DSP <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string (up to 75 characters) The :SYSTem:DSP command writes the quoted string (excluding quotation marks) to a text box on-screen. Use :SYSTem:DSP "" to remotely remove the message from the display. (Two sets of quote marks without a space between them creates a NULL string.) Press any menu key to manually remove the message from the display.
  • Page 983 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:ERRor (see page 1276) Query Syntax :SYSTem:ERRor? The :SYSTem:ERRor? query outputs the next error number and text from the error queue. The instrument has an error queue that is 30 errors deep and operates on a first-in, first-out basis. Repeatedly sending the :SYSTem:ERRor? query returns the errors in the order that they occurred until the queue is empty.
  • Page 984 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:LOCK (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SYSTem:LOCK <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SYSTem:LOCK command disables the front panel. LOCK ON is the equivalent of sending a local lockout message over the programming interface. Query Syntax :SYSTem:LOCK? The :SYSTem:LOCK? query returns the lock status of the front panel.
  • Page 985 *IDN? query. The default manufacturer string is "KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES". If your remote programs depend on a legacy manufacturer string, for example, you could use this command to set the manufacturer string to "AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES".
  • Page 986 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer]:DEFault (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer]:DEFault The :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer]:DEFault command sets the manufacturer string to "KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES". See Also • "*IDN (Identification Number)" on page 174 • ":SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer]" on page 985 • "Introduction to :SYSTem Commands" on page 980...
  • Page 987 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:PRESet (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SYSTem:PRESet The :SYSTem:PRESet command places the instrument in a known state. This is the same as pressing the [Defaul t Setup] key or [Save/Recall] > Defaul t/Erase > Defaul t Setup on the front panel. When you perform a default setup, some user settings (like preferences) remain unchanged.
  • Page 988 :SYSTem Commands Digital Channel Menu (MSO models only) Channel 0 - 7 Labels Threshold TTL (1.4 V) Display Menu Persistence Grid Quick Meas Menu Source Channel 1 Run Control Scope is running Time Base Menu Main time/division 100 us Main time base delay 0.00 s Delay time/division 500 ns...
  • Page 989 :SYSTem Commands Trigger Menu HF Reject and noise reject Holdoff 40 ns External probe attenuation 10:1 External Units Volts External Impedance 1 M Ohm (cannot be changed) See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 168 • "*RST (Reset)" on page 180 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 990 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK command disables the fifty ohm impedance setting for all analog channels. Query Syntax :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK? The :SYSTem:PROTection:LOCK? query returns the analog channel protection lock status.
  • Page 991 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:SETup (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SYSTem:SETup <setup_data> <setup_data> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format. The :SYSTem:SETup command sets the oscilloscope as defined by the data in the setup (learn) string sent from the controller. The setup string does not change the interface mode or interface address.
  • Page 992 :SYSTem Commands ' command: myScope.WriteIEEEBlock ":SYSTEM:SETUP ", varSetupString CheckForInstrumentErrors See complete example programs at: Chapter 42, “Programming Examples,” starting on page 1285 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 993 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:TIME (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SYSTem:TIME <time> <time> ::= hours,minutes,seconds in NR1 format The :SYSTem:TIME command sets the system time, using a 24-hour format. Commas are used as separators. Validity checking is performed to ensure that the time is valid.
  • Page 994 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:TOUCh (see page 1276) Command Syntax :SYSTem:TOUCh <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SYSTem:TOUCh command disables or enables the touchscreen. Query Syntax :SYSTem:TOUCh? The :SYSTem:TOUCh? query returns the touchscreen's on/off status. Return Format <on_off><NL>...
  • Page 995 Keysight InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide 32 :TIMebase Commands Control all horizontal sweep functions. See "Introduction to :TIMebase Commands" on page 996. Table 135 :TIMebase Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TIMebase:MODE :TIMebase:MODE? (see <value> ::= {MAIN | WINDow | XY | page 997) page...
  • Page 996 :TIMebase Commands Introduction to The TIMebase subsystem commands control the horizontal (X-axis) functions and :TIMebase set the oscilloscope to X-Y mode (where channel 1 becomes the X input and Commands channel 2 becomes the Y input). The time per division, delay, vernier control, and reference can be controlled for the main and window (zoomed) time bases.
  • Page 997 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:MODE (see page 1276) Command Syntax :TIMebase:MODE <value> <value> ::= {MAIN | WINDow | XY | ROLL} The :TIMebase:MODE command sets the current time base. There are four time base modes: • MAIN — The normal time base mode is the main time base. It is the default time base mode after the *RST (Reset) command.
  • Page 998 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:POSition (see page 1276) Command Syntax :TIMebase:POSition <pos> <pos> ::= time in seconds from the trigger to the display reference in NR3 format The :TIMebase:POSition command sets the time interval between the trigger event and the display reference point on the screen. The display reference point is either left, right, or center and is set with the :TIMebase:REFerence command.
  • Page 999 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:RANGe (see page 1276) Command Syntax :TIMebase:RANGe <range_value> <range_value> ::= time for 10 div in seconds in NR3 format The :TIMebase:RANGe command sets the full-scale horizontal time in seconds for the main window. The range is 10 times the current time-per-division setting. Query Syntax :TIMebase:RANGe? The :TIMebase:RANGe query returns the current full-scale range value for the...
  • Page 1000 :TIMebase Commands :TIMebase:REFerence (see page 1276) Command Syntax :TIMebase:REFerence <reference> <reference> ::= {LEFT | CENTer | RIGHt} The :TIMebase:REFerence command sets the time reference to one division from the left side of the screen, to the center of the screen, or to one division from the right side of the screen.

This manual is also suitable for:

Infiniivision mso-x 3012tInfiniivision mso-x 3022tInfiniivision mso-x 3032tInfiniivision mso-x 3052tInfiniivision mso-x 3102tInfiniivision mso-x 3014t ... Show all

Table of Contents